Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD šŸ˜Š PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds šŸ¦ šŸ¦¢ šŸ¦… grow fruits šŸ šŸŠ šŸ„‘ šŸ„­ šŸ‡ šŸŒ šŸŽ šŸ‰ šŸ’ šŸ‘ šŸ„ vegetables šŸ„¦ šŸ„• šŸ„— šŸ„¬ šŸ„” šŸ† šŸ„œ šŸŽƒ šŸ«‘ šŸ…šŸœ šŸ§… šŸ„ šŸ šŸ„— šŸ„’ šŸŒ½ šŸ šŸ«‘ šŸŒ³ šŸ“ šŸŠ šŸ„„ šŸŒµ šŸˆ šŸŒ° šŸ‡§šŸ‡§ šŸ« šŸ… šŸ šŸ«’Plants šŸŒ±in pots šŸŖ“ along with Meditative Mindful Swimming šŸŠā€ā™‚ļø to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBĀNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
Categories:

Archives:
Meta:
November 2024
M T W T F S S
« Jan    
 123
45678910
11121314151617
18192021222324
252627282930  
07/10/16
1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016 LESSONS Samoan-Samoa Tuai,Gaelic- Chlasaigeach GĆ idhlig,Serbian- ŠšŠ»Š°ŃŠøчŠ½Š° срŠæсŠŗŠ°,Sesotha-kes ka ye khale Sesotha,Shona-Classical Shona,Sindhi-Ų³Ł†ŚŒŁŠClassical Slovak-KlasickĆ½ slovensSlovenian- Klasični slovenski,Somali- Qadiimiga ah Soomaali,Spanish-EspaƱola ClĆ”sica,Sudanese- Klasik Sunda,Swahili-Classical Kiswahili,Swedish - Klassiska svenskakĆ½,
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 4:49 pm

 ,

 84) Classical Samoan

84) Samoa Tuai

1921 Solomona 11 Iulai 2016

LESONA
 
mai
Malamalamaaga-faaagafesootai Free Online A1 (fagua se tasi) Tipiį¹­aka Suesuega & Iunivesite Faataitai
i Faatulagaina Vaaia (FOA1TRPUVF)
i
Course Fesootaiga Vaaia faaeletonika Online Free i Saienisi Faaupufai
-Techno-Politico-Socio Faaliliuina ma Tamaoaiga Faagaioiga faasaolotoina
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

e ala i le http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Tuai putisiga (Teachings o le fagua se tasi ma faalauiloa) auai i le lalolagi, ma i ai aia tatau faapitoa tagata uma: JC

o le sili ona Lelei Malosiaga o faamatalaga na ma suesuega nofoaga
taulai propagating le aoaoga o le fagua se tasi ma faalauiloa le Buddha
ma i Techno-Politico-Socio mulimuli Faaliliuina ma Tamaoaiga Faagaioiga
faasaolotoina e le faitau miliona o tagata i le lalolagi atoa i le 105
gagana Tuai.

Le tuuina atu o faaliliuga tonu o se lesona o lenei
Iunivesite i le laulaufaiva le tina o se tasi i lenei Faaliliuga Google ma
propagation agavaa e avea o se vaitafe ulu (Sottapanna) ma e maua e Faavavau Bliss o se Sini Mulimuli.
Pāli Upu a Aso mo Iulai 10, 2016

jambhati - e māvava, e fafagu tagata lava ia, e tulai, alu atu

">DN 16 (MF ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Fuaitau}

- O le faatonuga mulimuli -
[Mahā-parinibbāna]

O lenei sutta faapotopoto faatonuga eseese e tuuina atu e le Buddha mo le
ona o ona soo ina ua mavae lona tufaina o ese, lea e faia ai e se matua
seti taua o faatonuga mo i tatou i nei aso.

nofoaga autu o le mafaufau loloto Sri lotu Puta sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- O le ato o aoaoga -
[Sutta: lauga]

O le Sutta Piį¹­aka loo i ai le aano moni o le aoaoga a Buddha
e faatatau i le Dhamma. O loo i ai le sili atu nai lo le sefulu o afe suttas. O lena
vaevaeina i aoina lima taŹ»ua Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: umi] O le Dīgha Nikāya faapotopoto e 34 o le umi
    
lauga na tuuina mai e le Buddha. E hints eseese o le tele o
    
i latou e faaopoopoga tuai i le corpus uluai ma fesiligia
    
tulaga moni.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: auala] O le Majjhima Nikāya faapotopotoina 152 lauga o le Buddha o le umi vailauga, le feagai ai ma mataupu eseese.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: O le vaega] O le Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya faapotopoto le suttas
    
tusa ma o latou mataupu i le 56 laitiiti vaega taŹ»ua saį¹ƒyuttas. na
    
o loo sili atu i lo le tolu afe aoaoga o le umi ma liuliuina, ae
    
lautele puupuu.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Aį¹…g: vala | uttara: additionnal] O le Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya ua subdivized i sefulutasi laiti vaega taŹ»ua nipātas, i latou taitoatasi
    
le faapotopotoina o aoaoga e aofia ai enumerations o se tasi vaega faaopoopo
    
versus latou o le nipāta muamua. O loo i ai le faitau afe o suttas
    
lea e masani puupuu.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: puupuu, laiti] O le mau puupuu Khuddhaka Nikāya
    
ma ua manatu e pei ona aofia ai stratas lua: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, fausia Theragāthā-Therīgāthā ma Jātaka le
    
strata anamua, ao isi tusi e faaopoopoga tuai ma o latou
    
e sili atu ona fesiligia tulaga moni.

">DN 16 (MF ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Fuaitau}
- O le faatonuga mulimuli -
[Mahā-parinibbāna]

O lenei sutta faapotopoto faatonuga eseese e tuuina atu e le Buddha mo
le manuia o ona soo ina ua mavae lona maliu ese, lea e faia ai se taua
tele seti o faatonuga mo i tatou i nei aso.

Faaaliga: O nisi faŹ»amatalaga Ā· puka i upu Pali uma vagana ai i le fuaiupu ma lanu talaaga malamalama green

Pāįø·i

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nāma dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
Ti.

Katamo
CA lea, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti?

Idh Ā· ānanda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi ina bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ Ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ Ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ Ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayaį¹ƒ
kho lea, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti

Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti. Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« Ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

NA kho, Ānanda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato VA mānito VA pūjito VA apacito VA. AU
TA kho, Ānanda, bhikkhu VA bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, ina
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· ānanda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· talofa vo, Ānanda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siyā kho apa Ā· ānanda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa:’ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi leai satthā ‘Ti. NA apa kho Ā· Etama, Ānanda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. AU TA vo, Ānanda, Maya Dhammo CA Vinayo CA desito paƱƱatto, ina vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

Igilisi

(O Faaata o le Dhamma)

O
le a ou faamalamalama atu le lauga i luga o le Dhamma lea ua taua o
Dhammādāsa, maua lea o le ariyasāvaka, pe afai o lea finagalo, e mafai
ona talai atu o ia lava: ‘Mo au, e leai se sili niraya, e lē toe
tiracchāna-yoni, e sili atu se pettivisaya, e leai se
sili atu tulaga o le fiafia, o le manuia, o le faanoanoa, ou te a
sotāpanna, e ala i le natura saoloto mai setete o le pagatia, e mautinoa
o le faamoemoe e sambodhi.

Ma
o le a, Ānanda, o le lauga i luga o le Dhamma lea ua taua o Dhammādāsa,
maua lea o le ariyasāvaka, pe afai o lea finagalo, e mafai ona talai
atu o ia lava: ‘Mo au, e leai se sili niraya, e lē toe tiracchāna-yoni, e
lē toe
pettivisaya, e sili atu tulaga o le fiafia, o le manuia, o le
faanoanoa, ou te a sotāpanna, e ala i le natura saoloto mai setete o le
pagatia, e mautinoa o le faamoemoe e sambodhi?

Iinei, Ānanda, ua faaeeina se ariyasāvaka ma Buddhe aveccappasāda:

ua faaeeina ia i Dhamme aveccappasāda:

ua faaeeina ia i Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

ua faaeeina ia i se Sila lea e tusa i le ariyas,

O
lenei, Ānanda, o le lauga i luga o le Dhamma lea ua taua o Dhammādāsa,
maua lea o le ariyasāvaka, pe afai o lea finagalo, e mafai ona talai atu
o ia lava: ‘Mo au, e leai se sili niraya, e lē toe tiracchāna-yoni, e
lē toe pettivisaya
, tulaga sili atu e leai o le fiafia, o le manuia, o le faanoanoa, ou
te a sotāpanna, e ala i le natura saoloto mai setete o le pagatia, e
mautinoa o le faamoemoe e sambodhi.

e tatau ona e Sato tumau, bhikkhus, ma sampajānas. o lo tatou intruction lenei ia te outou.

Ma e faapefea, bhikkhus, o se bhikkhu Sato? Iinei, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu

O lea la, bhikkhus, o se bhikkhu Sato. Ma e faapefea, bhikkhus, o se bhikkhu sampajāna? Iinei, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, faitotoa
į¹­hite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

O lea la, bhikkhus, o se bhikkhu sampajāna. e tatau ona e Sato tumau, bhikkhus, ma sampajānas. o lo tatou intruction lenei ia te outou.

- Ananda, o le laau masaga Sala o ia fugalaau atoa, e ui lava e le o le vaitau o le fuga. Ma
o le fuga o le timu i luga o le tino o le Tathagata ma lea mataua ma
faasalalau solo ma o loo salalau solo i luga i le tapuaŹ»iga o le
Tathagata.
Ma
fugalaau selesitila amu ma pauta sandalwood le lagi mai le lagi i le
timu i lalo i luga o le tino o le Tathagata, ma pau ma faasalalau solo
ma o loo salalau solo i luga i le tapuaŹ»iga o le Tathagata.
Ma o le leo o le lagi leo ma meafaigaluega faalelagi e musika i le ea i fafo o le migao mo le Tathagata.

E le o lenei, Ānanda, ua faaaloalogia le Tathāgata, venerated, faamamaluina, totogi ifo ma faamamaluina. Ae,
Ananda, so o se bhikkhu po bhikkhuni, layman po laywoman, totoe
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ola e tusa ai ma le
Dhamma, o le itu e tasi, venerates, maualuga le manatu, totogi ifo, ma
faamamaluina le Tathāgata
ma le ifo sili ona lelei. O le mea lea, Ānanda, e tatau ona aoaoina outou lava e faapea: ‘O le a
tatou tumau dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ola e tusa
ai ma le Dhamma’.

- ‘Ina ia nisi o outou, Ānanda, e mafai ona tulai mai e faapea:’ O le ua iu o upu a le Faiaoga, e leai se toe a le Faiaoga ‘. Ae o lenei, Ānanda, e le tatau, ia faapea ona iloiloina. Lena, Ānanda, ua ou aoao atu ma faailoa atu ia te outou e pei o le Dhamma ma le Vinaya, o le a outou le Faiaoga i loŹ»u ui ese.

85) Classical Scots Gaelic
85) Chlasaigeach GĆ idhlig

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

LEASANAN
 
bho
Sealladh-NET- Saor an-asgaidh air-loidhne A1 (dhĆ¹sgadh One) Tipiį¹­aka Rannsachaidh & Cleachdadh Oilthigh
ann LĆØirsinneach Inneal a ‘ChlĆ ir (FOA1TRPUVF)
air
Saor an-asgaidh air-loidhne Dhealanaich Visual Conaltradh a ‘ChĆ¹rsa air poileataigeach Saidheans
-Techno-Politico SĆ²isio-Eaconamach agus cruth-atharrachadh Emancipation Gluasad
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

tro http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Classical Buddhism (teagasg na dhĆ¹sgadh le aon Mothachadh) Buinidh an
t-saoghail, agus a h-uile duine aig a bheil na cĆ²raichean toirmeasgach:
JC

‘S e as adhartach Cumhachd de fiosrachail agus rannsachadh amas
lĆ raich Craobh-sgaoileadh an teagasg na dhĆ¹sgadh le aon Mothachadh na
Buddha agus air Techno-Politico SĆ²isio-Eaconamach agus
cruth-atharrachadh Emancipation Gluasad leantainn le na milleanan de
dhaoine air feadh an t-saoghail ann an 105 cĆ nanan clasaigeach.

FĆ gail eadar-theangachadh deimhinnte mar leasan seo
Oilthigh ann an aon mĆ thaireil seo Google eadar-theangachadh agus
propagation cĆ²ir a bhith nan Stream Enterer (Sottapanna) agus ri coileanadh Eternal Bliss mar Final Amas.
Pāli Word latha airson an t-Iuchar 10, 2016

jambhati - gu yawn, a dhĆ¹sgadh a chur annta fhĆØin, gun ĆØirich, falbh a mach

">Dn 16 (ii 137 D)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{} Earrannan

- Tha an stiĆ¹ireadh mu dheireadh -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

Sutta seo a ‘cruinneachadh diofar stiĆ¹iridhean an Buddha Thug airson a’
air sgĆ th a luchd-leanmhainn a ‘dol seachad an dĆØidh dha falbh, a tha ga dhĆØanamh a bhith gu math
cudromach seata de stiĆ¹ireadh dhuinn an-diugh.

beachd-smaoineachadh ionad Sri Buddhist sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- A ‘bhasgaid de discourses -
[Sutta: conaltradh]

Tha Sutta Piį¹­aka Tha brƬgh an Buddha teagaisg
a thaobh Dhamma. Tha cĆ²rr is deich mile suttas. Is e
air a roinn ann an cĆ²ig cruinneachaidhean ris an canar Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[DÄ«gha: fhada] Tha DÄ«gha Nikāya cruinnichidh 34 de na b’fhaide
    
discourses a thoirt seachad leis a ‘Buddha. Tha diofar shanas airson gun robh mĆ²ran de
    
Tha iad anmoch a chur ris a ‘chiad agus corpas de ceist
    
barantachd.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: tro mheadhan] Tha Majjhima Nikāya cruinnichidh 152
discourses na Buddha eadar-mheadhanach de dh’fhaid, a ‘dĆØiligeadh le
cĆ¹isean eadar-mheasgte.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: buidheann] Tha Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya cruinnichidh an suttas
    
a rĆØir cuspair aca ann an 56 fo-bhuidhnean ris an canar saį¹ƒyuttas. Tha e
    
Tha cĆ²rr is trƬ mƬle a dh’fhaid discourses caochlaideach, ach
    
san fharsaingeachd an Ƭre mhath goirid.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Ang: bĆ illidh | uttara: additionnal] Tha Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya tha subdivized ann an aon-deug fo-bhuidhnean ris an canar nipātas, gach aon dhiubh
    
cruinneachadh discourses a dhĆØanamh suas de enumerations aon fhactar a bharrachd
    
an aghaidh an fheadhainn de na Precedent nipāta. Tha na mƬltean de suttas
    
a tha san fharsaingeachd goirid.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: goirid, beag] Tha Khuddhaka Nikāya theacsaichean goirid
    
agus thathar a ‘beachdachadh mar a rinneadh an dĆ  stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā agus Jātaka a chruthachadh
    
seann shreathan, fhad ’sa bha leabhraichean eile a chur ris agus tha deireadh aca
    
barantachd nas ceist ann.

">Dn 16 (ii 137 D)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{} Earrannan
- Tha an stiĆ¹ireadh mu dheireadh -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

Sutta seo a ‘cruinneachadh diofar stiĆ¹iridhean an Buddha thug air
sgĆ th a luchd-leanmhainn Ć s dĆØidh a bhĆ is air falbh, a tha ga dhĆØanamh
glĆØ chudromach seata de stiĆ¹ireadh dhuinn an-diugh.

Note: info Ā· builgein air a h-uile facal Pali ach a-mhĆ in ann an earrann le solas uaine chĆ¹l dath

Pāįø·i

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nāma dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
Ti.

Katamo
ca mar sin, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti?

Idh Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi cho bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ Ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ Ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, ESA bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ Ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayaį¹ƒ
KHO mar sin, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti

Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ VO amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ KHO, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti. Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ KHO, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ VO amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« Ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā KHO, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na KHO, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato mānito Va Va Va pūjito apacito VA. Yo
KHO, Ananda, VA bhikkhu bhikkhunī upāsako Va Va Va upāsikā
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, mar
sin Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· hi VO, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siya KHO pan Ā· Ananda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa:’ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi eil satthā ‘Ti. Na KHO pan Ā· etaį¹ƒ, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo VO, Ananda, Maya Dhammo CA Vinayo ca desito paƱƱatto, mar sin VO MĆ m Ā· accayena satthā.

Sasannach

(The Mirror an Dhamma)

Bidh
mi expound an conaltradh air an Dhamma a tha an t-ainm Dhammādāsa,
’sealbhachadh a tha an ariyasāvaka, ma tha e mar sin ag iarraidh,’ s
urrainn dhomh cur an cĆØill fĆØin: “DhĆ²mhsa, chan eil tuilleadh niraya,
nach eil tuilleadh tiracchāna-yoni, nach eil tuilleadh pettivisaya, chan
eil
tuilleadh staid mƬ-thoilichte, na fhortan, de dhĆ²rainn, mi sotāpanna,
le nĆ dar saor bho stĆ itean truaighe, cuid de deach an dĆ n a sambodhi.

Agus
dĆØ, Ananda, ‘S e sin cĆ²mhradh air a’ Dhamma a tha an t-ainm Dhammādāsa,
’sealbhachadh a tha an ariyasāvaka, ma tha e mar sin ag iarraidh,’ s
urrainn dhomh cur an cĆØill fĆØin: “DhĆ²mhsa, chan eil tuilleadh niraya,
nach eil tuilleadh tiracchāna-yoni, nach eil tuilleadh
pettivisaya, nach eil tuilleadh staid mƬ-thoilichte, na fhortan, de
dhĆ²rainn, mi sotāpanna, le nĆ dar saor bho stĆ itean truaighe, cuid de
deach an dĆ n a sambodhi?

Seo, Ananda, an ariyasāvaka tha a bhuilich le Buddhe aveccappasāda:

Tha e a bhuilich le Dhamme aveccappasāda:

Tha e a bhuilich le Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

Tha e a bhuilich le sÄ«la a tha dĆØonach na ariyas,

Seo,
Ananda, tha an conaltradh air an Dhamma a tha an t-ainm Dhammādāsa,
’sealbhachadh a tha an ariyasāvaka, ma tha e mar sin ag iarraidh,’ s
urrainn dhomh cur an cĆØill fĆØin: “DhĆ²mhsa, chan eil tuilleadh niraya,
nach eil tuilleadh tiracchāna-yoni, nach eil tuilleadh pettivisaya
, chan eil tuilleadh staid mƬ-thoilichte, na fhortan, de dhĆ²rainn, mi
sotāpanna, le nƠdar saor bho stƠitean truaighe, cuid de deach an dƠn a
sambodhi.

Sato bu chĆ²ir dhut fhathast, bhikkhus, agus sampajānas. ‘S e seo ar intruction dhuibh.

Agus ciamar, bhikkhus, tha bhikkhu Sato? Seo, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu

Mar sin, bhikkhus, tha bhikkhu Sato. Agus ciamar, bhikkhus, tha bhikkhu sampajāna? Seo, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« hoti, geata į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

Mar sin, bhikkhus, tha bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato bu chĆ²ir dhut fhathast, bhikkhus, agus sampajānas. ‘S e seo ar intruction dhuibh.

- Ananda, an dƠ sala craobhan a tha ann fo lƠn bhlƠth, ged nach eil e an t-seusain le dƬthean. Agus na blƠthan uisge air corp an Tathagata agus leig Ơs agus sgap agus tha iad air an sgapadh air adhradh ann an Tathagata. Agus
gluasadan nĆØamhaidh corail flĆ¹raichean agus nĆØamhaidh sandalwood pĆ¹dar
bho na speuran an uisge sƬos air corp an Tathagata, agus leig Ơs agus
sgap agus tha iad air an sgapadh air adhradh ann an Tathagata.
Agus fuaim nĆØamhaidh ghuthan agus innealan-ciĆ¹il nĆØamhaidh a ‘dĆØanamh ceĆ²l anns an adhar a-mach Ć  urram airson an Tathagata.

Chan eil e le seo, Ananda, gu bheil an Tathāgata urram, mĆ²r-spĆØis, spĆØis, Ć¹mhlachd agus urram. Ach,
Ananda, bhikkhu sam bith no bhikkhuni, layman no laywoman, fhĆ gail
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, a ‘fuireach ann an
co-rĆØir ri Dhamma, gu bheil aon dĆ²igh, venerates, esteems, a’ pĆ igheadh
ā€‹ā€‹Ć¹mhlachd, agus a ‘cur urram air an Tathāgata
leis a ‘chuid as motha de SĆ²nraichte Ć¹mhlachd. Uime sin, Ananda, bu chĆ²ir dhut a thrĆØanadh fĆØin mar so: “Bheir sinn
fhathast dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, a ‘fuireach
ann an co-rĆØir ri Dhamma’.

-
‘Gus cuid de thu, Ananda, faodaidh e tachairt mar so: “Tha faclan an
Luchd-Teagaisg air a chrƬochnaich, nach eil Neach-teagaisg’.
Ach seo, Ananda, cha bu chĆ²ir, mar sin a bhith a ‘beachdachadh air. Sin,
Ananda, a tha mi a ‘teagasg agus rinn e aithnichte dhuibh mar Dhamma
agus Vinaya, bidh an tidsear agad Ć s dĆØidh mo’ dol seachad air falbh.


86)  Classical Serbian
86) ŠšŠ»Š°ŃŠøчŠ½Š° срŠæсŠŗŠ°

1921 ŠŸŠ¾Š½ 11 ŠˆŃƒŠ» 2016

ŠŸŠžŠ£ŠšŠ•
 
Š¾Š“
Š˜Š½ŃŠøŠ³Ń…Ń‚-Š¼Ń€ŠµŠ¶Šµ Š±ŠµŃŠæŠ»Š°Ń‚Š½Šµ Š1 (ŠŸŃ€Š¾Š±ŃƒŃ’ŠµŠ½Šø) Š¢ŠøŠæŠøтŠ°ŠŗŠ° Š˜ŃŃ‚Ń€Š°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃšŠµ Šø Š£Š½ŠøŠ²ŠµŃ€Š·ŠøтŠµŃ‚ ŠæрŠ°ŠŗсŠ°
Š’ŠøсуŠ°Š» Š¤Š¾Ń€Š¼Š°Ń‚ (Š¤ŠžŠ1Š¢Š ŠŸŠ£Š’Š¤)
Š½Š°
Š¤Ń€ŠµŠµ Š¾Š½Š»ŠøŠ½Šµ Š•Š»ŠµŠŗтрŠ¾Š½ŃŠŗŠø Š·Š° Š²ŠøŠ·ŃƒŠµŠ»Š½Ńƒ ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ŃƒŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ°Ń†Šøју ŠšŃƒŃ€Ń ŠæŠ¾Š»ŠøтŠøчŠŗŠøх Š½Š°ŃƒŠŗŠ°
-тŠµŃ†Ń…Š½Š¾-ŠŸŠ¾Š»ŠøтŠøчŠŗŠ¾-Š”Ń€ŃƒŃˆŃ‚Š²ŠµŠ½Š¾ трŠ°Š½ŃŃ„Š¾Ń€Š¼Š°Ń†ŠøјŠ° Šø ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š½Š¾Š¼ŃŠŗŠø Š•Š¼Š°Š½Ń†ŠøŠæŠ°Ń†ŠøјŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŠŗрŠµŃ‚
(Š¢ŠŸŠ”Š¢Š•Š•Šœ)

хттŠæ://Š±ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ°Š“хŠ°Ń€Š¼Š°Š¾Š±Ń„ŠøŠ½Ń‚ŠµŃ€Š½Š°Ń‚ŠøŠ¾Š½Š°Š».фŠøŠ»ŠµŃ.Š²Š¾Ń€Š“ŠæрŠµŃŃ.цŠ¾Š¼/2011/01/цтŠ¼Š²ŠµŠ»Ń†Š¾Š¼Šµ_Šµ0.Š³Šøф

ŠŗрŠ¾Š· хттŠæ: // сŠ°Ń€Š²Š°Ń˜Š°Š½. Š°Š¼Š±ŠµŠ“ŠŗŠ°Ń€.Š¾Ń€Š³

хттŠæ: // Š°Š²Š°ŠŗŠµŠ½Š¼ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ°ŠæрŠ°Š±Š°Š½Š“хŠ°Šŗ. Š²Š¾Ń€Š“ŠæрŠµŃŃ.цŠ¾Š¼/

тŠµŠ°Ń†Ń…ŠøŠ½Š³ŃŠ¾Ń„Š“Š±ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ°@Š³Š¼Š°ŠøŠ».цŠ¾Š¼
Š±ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ°Š“Š°Š²Š°ŠŗŠµŠ½Š¾Š½Šµ@Š³Š¼Š°ŠøŠ».цŠ¾Š¼
сŠ°Ń€Š²Š°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾Š²@ŠøŠ°Ń…Š¾Š¾.цŠ¾.ŠøŠ½

ŠšŠ»Š°ŃŠøчŠ½Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“ŠøŠ·Š°Š¼ (учŠµŃšŠ° ŠŸŃ€Š¾Š±ŃƒŃ’ŠµŠ½Šø сŠ° сŠ²ŠµŃˆŃ›Ńƒ) ŠæрŠøŠæŠ°Š“Š°Ń˜Ńƒ сŠ²ŠµŃ‚Ńƒ, Šø сŠ²Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøсŠŗључŠøŠ²Š° ŠæрŠ°Š²Š°: ŠˆŠ¦

јŠµ Š½Š°Ń˜Š²ŠøшŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·ŠøтŠøŠ²Š½Šµ ŠµŠ½ŠµŃ€Š³ŠøјŠµ ŠøŠ½Ń„Š¾Ń€Š¼Š°Ń‚ŠøŠ²Š°Š½ Šø ŠøстрŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃšŠµ Š¾Ń€ŠøјŠµŠ½Ń‚ŠøсŠ°Š½Šø
сŠ°Ń˜Ń‚ ŠæрŠ¾ŠæŠ°Š³ŠøрŠ° учŠµŃšŠ° Š½Š° ŠŸŃ€Š¾Š±ŃƒŃ’ŠµŠ½Šø сŠ° сŠ²ŠµŃˆŃ›Ńƒ Š‘ŃƒŠ“у Šø Š½Š°
тŠµŃ…Š½Š¾-ŠŸŠ¾Š»ŠøтŠøŠŗŠ¾-Š”Š¾Ń†ŠøŠ¾ трŠ°Š½ŃŃ„Š¾Ń€Š¼Š°Ń†ŠøјŠµ Šø ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š½Š¾Š¼ŃŠŗŠµ ŠµŠ¼Š°Š½Ń†ŠøŠæŠ°Ń†ŠøјŠø ŠæŠ¾ŠŗрŠµŃ‚ јŠµ
сŠ»ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŠ»ŠøŠ¾Š½Šø љуŠ“Šø шŠøрŠ¾Š¼ сŠ²ŠµŃ‚Š° у 105 Š¦Š»Š°ŃŃŠøцŠ°Š» јŠµŠ·ŠøŠŗŠ°.

Š ŠµŠ½Š“ŠµŃ€ŠøŠ½Š³ тŠ°Ń‡Š°Š½ ŠæрŠµŠ²Š¾Š“ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃƒŠŗŠ° Š¾Š²Š¾Š³
Š£Š½ŠøŠ²ŠµŃ€Š·ŠøтŠµŃ‚ у Š¼Š°Ń‚ŠµŃ€ŃšŠµŠ¼ јŠµŠ·ŠøŠŗу Š½Š° Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ Š“Š¾Š¾Š³Š»Šµ Š¢Ń€Š°Š½ŃŠ»Š°Ń‚ŠøŠ¾Š½ Šø
ŠæрŠ¾ŠæŠ°Š³ŠøрŠ°ŃšŠµ Š“Š°Ń˜Šµ ŠæрŠ°Š²Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃ‚Š°Š½Ńƒ Š”трŠµŠ°Š¼ Š£Š»Š°Š·ŠµŃ›ŠµŠ³ (Š”Š¾Ń‚Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°) Šø Š“Š° сŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃ‚ŠøŠ³Š½Šµ Š²ŠµŃ‡Š½Š¾ Š±Š»Š°Š¶ŠµŠ½ŃŃ‚Š²Š¾ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŗрŠ°Ń˜ŃšŠø цŠøљ.
ŠŸŠ°Š»Šø рŠµŃ‡ Š“Š°Š½ Š·Š° 10. јуŠ», 2016

јŠ°Š¼Š±Ń…Š°Ń‚Šø - Š“Š° Š·ŠµŠ²Š°, Š“Š° сŠµŠ±Šµ ŠæрŠ¾Š±ŃƒŠ“Šø, Š“Š° рŠ°ŃŃ‚Šµ, ŠøŠ·Š°Ń›Šø

">Š”Š 16 (Š” Š˜Š˜ 137)

ŠœŠ°Ń…Š°ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Š° суттŠ°

{Š¾Š“Š»Š¾Š¼Ń†Šø}

- Š¢Ń…Šµ Š›Š°ŃŃ‚ уŠæутстŠ²Š° -
[ŠœŠ°Ń…Š°-ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Šµ]

ŠžŠ²Š° суттŠ° Š¾ŠŗуŠæљŠ° рŠ°Š·Š»ŠøчŠøтŠµ ŠøŠ½ŃŃ‚Ń€ŃƒŠŗцŠøјŠµ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š° јŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š·Š°
Š Š°Š“Šø њŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šøх сљŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ њŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ сŠ¼Ń€Ń‚Šø, штŠ¾ Š³Š° чŠøŠ½Šø Š“Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“Šµ Š²ŠµŠ¾Š¼Š°
Š²Š°Š¶Š°Š½ сŠŗуŠæ ŠøŠ½ŃŃ‚Ń€ŃƒŠŗцŠøјŠ° Š·Š° Š½Š°Ń Š“Š°Š½Š°Ń.

Š¼ŠµŠ“ŠøтŠ°Ń†ŠøјŠ° цŠµŠ½Ń‚Š°Ń€ чŠµŃ‚ Š‘ŃƒŠ“ŠøŠ·Š°Š¼ Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø

хттŠæ://Š²Š²Š².Š±ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ°-Š²Š°Ń†Š°Š½Š°.Š¾Ń€Š³/суттŠ°ŠæŠøтŠ°ŠŗŠ°.хтŠ¼Š»

sutta ŠæŠøтŠ°ŠŗŠ°

- ŠšŠ¾Ń€ŠæŠ° Š“ŠøсŠŗурсŠ° -
[Š”уттŠ°: Š“ŠøсŠŗурс]

Š”уттŠ° ŠæŠøтŠ°ŠŗŠ° сŠ°Š“рŠ¶Šø суштŠøŠ½Ńƒ Š‘ŃƒŠ“ŠøŠ½Š¾Š³ учŠµŃšŠ°
у Š²ŠµŠ·Šø сŠ° Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Ńƒ. ŠžŠ½Š° сŠ°Š“рŠ¶Šø Š²ŠøшŠµ Š¾Š“ Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ‚ хŠøљŠ°Š“Š° суттŠµ. Š¢Š¾ јŠµ
ŠæŠ¾Š“ŠµŃ™ŠµŠ½ у ŠæŠµŃ‚ Š·Š±ŠøрŠŗŠø Š½Š°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°Ń˜Ńƒ ŠŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°Ń.

Š”ŠøŠ³Ń…Š° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°
    
[Š”ŠøŠ³Ń…Š°: Š“уŠ³] Š”ŠøŠ³Ń…Š° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ° Š¾ŠŗуŠæљŠ° 34 Š¾Š“ Š½Š°Ń˜Š“уŠ¶Šøх
    
Š“ŠøсŠŗурсŠø Š“Š°Ń‚Šµ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š°. ŠŸŠ¾ŃŃ‚Š¾Ń˜Šµ рŠ°Š·Š½Šø Š½Š°Š³Š¾Š²ŠµŃˆŃ‚Š°Ń˜Šø Š“Š° су Š¼Š½Š¾Š³Šø Š¾Š“
    
ŠøŠ¼ ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ½Šµ Š“Š¾ŠæуŠ½Šµ ŠæрŠ²Š¾Š±ŠøтŠ½Š¾Š³ ŠŗŠ¾Ń€ŠæусŠ° Šø суŠ¼ŃšŠøŠ²Šµ
    
Š°ŃƒŃ‚ŠµŠ½Ń‚ŠøчŠ½Š¾ŃŃ‚.
ŠœŠ°Ń’Ń’Ń…ŠøŠ¼Š° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°
    
[ŠœŠ°Ń’Ń’Ń…ŠøŠ¼Š°: срŠµŠ“њŠ°] у ŠœŠ°Ń’Ń’Ń…ŠøŠ¼Š° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ° Š¾ŠŗуŠæљŠ° 152 Š“ŠøсŠŗурсŠ° Š‘ŃƒŠ“у срŠµŠ“њŠµŠ³ Š“уŠ¶ŠøŠ½Šµ, ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šµ сŠµ Š±Š°Š²Šµ рŠ°Š·Š»ŠøчŠøтŠøŠ¼ ŠæŠøтŠ°ŃšŠøŠ¼Š°.
Š”Š°Š¼ŠøуттŠ° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°
    
[Š”Š°Š¼ŠøуттŠ°: Š³Ń€ŃƒŠæŠ°] Š”Š°Š¼ŠøуттŠ° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ° Š¾ŠŗуŠæљŠ° суттŠµ
    
ŠæрŠµŠ¼Š° њŠøхŠ¾Š²Š¾Š¼ суŠ±Ń˜ŠµŠŗту ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜ŠµŠ¼ 56 ŠæŠ¾Š“Š³Ń€ŃƒŠæŠ° Š½Š°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°Ń˜Ńƒ сŠ°Š¼ŠøуттŠ°Ń. Š¢Š¾
    
сŠ°Š“рŠ¶Šø Š²ŠøшŠµ Š¾Š“ трŠø хŠøљŠ°Š“Šµ Š“ŠøсŠŗурсŠ° рŠ°Š·Š»ŠøчŠøтŠµ Š“уŠ¶ŠøŠ½Šµ, Š°Š»Šø
    
уŠ³Š»Š°Š²Š½Š¾Š¼ рŠµŠ»Š°Ń‚ŠøŠ²Š½Š¾ ŠŗрŠ°Ń‚ŠŗŠ¾.
ŠŠ½Š³ŃƒŃ‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Š° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°
    
[ŠŠ½Š³: фŠ°ŠŗтŠ¾Ń€ | Š£Ń‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Š°: Š°Š“Š“ŠøтŠøŠ¾Š½Š½Š°Š»] Š¢Ń…Šµ ŠŠ½Š³ŃƒŃ‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Š°
    
ŠŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ° јŠµ суŠ±Š“ŠøŠ²ŠøŠ·ŠµŠ“ у јŠµŠ“Š°Š½Š°ŠµŃŃ‚ ŠæŠ¾Š“-Š³Ń€ŃƒŠæŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šµ сŠµ Š½Š°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°Ń˜Ńƒ Š½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°Ń, сŠ²Š°ŠŗŠø Š¾Š“ њŠøх
    
ŠæрŠøŠŗуŠæљŠ°ŃšŠµ Š“ŠøсŠŗурсŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šø сŠµ сŠ°ŃŃ‚Š¾Ń˜Šµ Š¾Š“ Š½Š°Š±Ń€Š°Ń˜Š°ŃšŠ° јŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³ Š“Š¾Š“Š°Ń‚Š½Šø фŠ°ŠŗтŠ¾Ń€
    
Š½Š°ŃŃƒŠæрŠ¾Ń‚ Š¾Š½ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøŠ· ŠæрŠµŃ‚Ń…Š¾Š“Š½Š¾Š³ Š½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°. ŠžŠ½Š° сŠ°Š“рŠ¶Šø хŠøљŠ°Š“Šµ суттŠ°
    
ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šø су уŠ³Š»Š°Š²Š½Š¾Š¼ ŠŗрŠ°Ń‚ŠŗŠø.
ŠšŃ…ŃƒŠ“Š“Š°ŠŗŠ° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠµ
    
[ŠŗхуŠ“Š“хŠ°: ŠŗрŠ°Ń‚Š°Šŗ, Š¼Š°Š»Šø] Š¢Ń…Šµ ŠšŃ…ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ°ŠŗŠ° Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠøŠµ ŠŗрŠ°Ń‚ŠŗŠø тŠµŠŗстŠ¾Š²Šø
    
Šø сŠ¼Š°Ń‚Ń€Š° сŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ сŠ°ŃŃ‚Š°Š²Ń™ŠµŠ½ Š¾Š“ Š“Š²Š° стрŠ°Ń‚Š°Ń: Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°ŠæŠ°Š“Šµ, Š£Š“Š°Š½Š°,
    
Š˜Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŃƒŃ‚Ń‚Š°ŠŗŠ°, суттŠ° Š½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°, Š¢Ń…ŠµŃ€Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Ń…Š°-Š¢Ń…ŠµŃ€ŠøŠ³Š°Ń‚Ń…Š° Šø Š‚Š°Ń‚Š°ŠŗŠ° фŠ¾Ń€Š¼ŠøрŠ°Ń˜Ńƒ
    
Š“рŠµŠ²Š½Šø сŠ»Š¾Ń˜ŠµŠ²Š°, Š“Š¾Šŗ су Š“руŠ³Šµ ŠŗњŠøŠ³Šµ ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ½Šµ сŠ»ŠøŠŗŠµ Šø њŠøхŠ¾Š²Š¾
    
Š°ŃƒŃ‚ŠµŠ½Ń‚ŠøчŠ½Š¾ŃŃ‚ јŠµ Š²ŠøшŠµ уŠæŠøтŠ½Š°.

">Š”Š 16 (Š” Š˜Š˜ 137)
ŠœŠ°Ń…Š°ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Š° суттŠ°
{Š¾Š“Š»Š¾Š¼Ń†Šø}
- Š¢Ń…Šµ Š›Š°ŃŃ‚ уŠæутстŠ²Š° -
[ŠœŠ°Ń…Š°-ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Šµ]

ŠžŠ²Š° суттŠ° Š¾ŠŗуŠæљŠ° рŠ°Š·Š»ŠøчŠøтŠµ ŠøŠ½ŃŃ‚Ń€ŃƒŠŗцŠøјŠµ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š° јŠµ Š·Š±Š¾Š³ њŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šøх сŠ»ŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ°
Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ њŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ уŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜ŠµŃšŠ°, штŠ¾ Š³Š° чŠøŠ½Šø Š“Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“Šµ Š²ŠµŠ¾Š¼Š° Š²Š°Š¶Š°Š½ сŠŗуŠæ
ŠøŠ½ŃŃ‚Ń€ŃƒŠŗцŠøјŠ° Š·Š° Š½Š°Ń Š“Š°Š½Š°Ń.

ŠŠ°ŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½Š°: ŠøŠ½Ń„Š¾ Ā· Š¼ŠµŃ…ŃƒŃ€ŠøћŠø Š½Š° сŠ²Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ°Š»Šø рŠµŃ‡, Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ у Š“ŠµŠ»Ńƒ сŠ° сŠ²ŠµŃ‚Š»Š¾ Š·ŠµŠ»ŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š°Š“ŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼

ŠæŠ°Š»Šø

(Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°)

Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Š¼
Š½Š°Š¼Š° Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°-ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŠøŠ°Š¼ Š“ŠµŃŠµŃŃŠ°Š¼Šø, ŠøŠµŠ½Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾
Š°ŠŗŠ°Š½ŠŗхŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š¾ Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š²Š° Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š¼ Š‘ŠøŠ°-ŠŗŠ°Ń€ŠµŠøŠøŠ°: ‘ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ¾-ŠœŠ„Š˜
ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ¾ ŠšŃ…ŠøŠ½ Ā· Š°ŠæŠ°ŠøŠ°-Š“уŠ³Š³Š°Ń‚Šø-Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š¾,
сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾-хŠ°Š¼Š°ŃŠ¼Šø Š°Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°-Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š¾ Š½ŠøŠøŠ°Ń‚Š¾ Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø-ŠæŠ°Ń€Š°ŠøŠ°Š½Š¾’
Š¢Šø.

ŠšŠ°Ń‚Š°Š¼Š¾
цŠ° тŠ°ŠŗŠ¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°-ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŠøŠ¾, ŠøŠµŠ½Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾
Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾ Š°ŠŗŠ°Š½ŠŗхŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š¾ Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š²Š° Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š¼ Š‘ŠøŠ°-ŠŗŠ°Ń€ŠµŠøŠøŠ°: ‘ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ¾-ŠœŠ„Š˜
ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ¾ ŠšŃ…ŠøŠ½ Ā· Š°ŠæŠ°ŠøŠ°-Š“уŠ³Š³Š°Ń‚Šø-Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š¾,
сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾-хŠ°Š¼Š°ŃŠ¼Šø Š°Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°-Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š¾ Š½ŠøŠøŠ°Ń‚Š¾
Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø-ŠæŠ°Ń€Š°ŠøŠ°Š½Š¾ ‘тŠø?

Š˜Š”Š„ Ā· ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø:

‘Š˜Ń‚ŠøŠæŠø тŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š° Š°Ń€Š°Ń…Š°Š¼ сŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°ŃŠ°Š¼Š±ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ¾ Š²ŠøјјŠ°Ń†Š°Ń€Š°Š½Š°ŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ суŠ³Š°Ń‚Š¾
Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ°Š²ŠøŠ“у Š°Š½ŃƒŃ‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Š¾ ŠæурŠøсŠ°Š“Š°Š¼Š¼Š°ŃŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Ń…Šø сŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Š° Š“ŠµŠ²Š°Š¼Š°Š½ŃƒŃŃŠ°Š½Š°Š¼ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠ¾
Š±Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°’ Š¢Šø.

Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø:

‘Š”Š²Š°ŠŗŠŗхŠ°Ń‚Š¾ Š±Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š° Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š¾ сŠ°Š½Š“ŠøттхŠøŠŗŠ¾ Š°ŠŗŠ°Š»ŠøŠŗŠ¾ ŠµŃ…ŠøŠæŠ°ŃŃŠøŠŗŠ¾ Š¾ŠæŠ°Š½ŠµŠøŠøŠøŠŗŠ¾ ŠæŠ°Ń†Ń†Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š¼ Š²ŠµŠ“ŠøтŠ°Š±Š±Š¾ Š²ŠøŠ½Š½ŃƒŃ…Šø’ Š¢Šø.

Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń…Šµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø:

‘Š”уŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ Š‘Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š¾ сŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š¾, ујуŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ Š‘Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š¾
сŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š¾, Š½Š°ŠøŠ°ŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ Š‘Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š¾ сŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š¾, сŠ°Š¼ŠøцŠøŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾
Š‘Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š¾ сŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š¾ ŠøŠ°Š“ŠøŠ“Š°Š¼ цŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Šø ŠæурŠøсŠ°ŠøуŠ³Š°Š½Šø Š°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Š° ŠæурŠøсŠ°ŠæуŠ³Š³Š°Š»Š°,
Š•Š”Š Š‘Ń…Š°Š³Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š¾ сŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š¾ Š°Ń…ŃƒŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ°Ń…ŃƒŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ¾ Š“Š°ŠŗŠŗхŠøŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ¾
Š°Š½Ń˜Š°Š»ŠøŠŗŠ°Ń€Š°Š½ŠøŠøŠ¾ Š°Š½ŃƒŃ‚Ń‚Š°Ń€Š°Š¼ ŠæуŠ½Š½Š°ŠŗŠŗхŠµŃ‚Ń‚Š°Š¼ Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°’ Š¢Šø.

ŠŃ€ŠøŠøŠ°-ŠŗŠ°Š½Ń‚ŠµŃ…Šø ā€‹ā€‹ŃŠøŠ»ŠµŃ…Šø сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø

Š°ŠŗхŠ°Š½Š“ŠµŃ…Šø Š°Ń†Ń†Ń…ŠøŠ“Š“ŠµŃ…Šø Š°ŃŠ°Š±Š°Š»ŠµŃ…Šø Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°ŃŠµŃ…Šø Š±Ń…ŃƒŃ˜ŠøссŠµŃ…Šø Š²ŠøŠ½Š½ŃƒŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…ŠµŃ…Šø Š°ŠæŠ°Ń€Š°Š¼Š°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…ŠµŃ…Šø сŠ°Š¼Š°Š“хŠøсŠ°Š¼Š²Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½ŠøŠŗŠµŃ…Šø.

ŠŠøŠ°Š¼
ŠšŃ…Š¾ тŠ°ŠŗŠ¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°-ŠæŠ°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŠøŠ¾, ŠøŠµŠ½Š° сŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š½Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾
Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾ Š°ŠŗŠ°Š½ŠŗхŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š¾ Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š²Š° Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Š°Š¼ Š‘ŠøŠ°-ŠŗŠ°Ń€ŠµŠøŠøŠ°: ‘ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ¾-ŠœŠ„Š˜
ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø ŠŗхŠøŠ½Š°-ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ¾ ŠšŃ…ŠøŠ½ Ā· Š°ŠæŠ°ŠøŠ°-Š“уŠ³Š³Š°Ń‚Šø-Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š¾,
сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾-хŠ°Š¼Š°ŃŠ¼Šø Š°Š²ŠøŠ½ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°-Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š¾ Š½ŠøŠøŠ°Ń‚Š¾
Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø-ŠæŠ°Ń€Š°ŠøŠ°Š½Š¾ ‘Š¢Šø

ŠšŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š° Ā· ŠŠ¦Š, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø? Š˜Š“хŠ°, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń…

Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€ŠµŠøŠøŠ° сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾. ŠŠøŠ°Š¼ Š’Šž Š°Š¼Ń…Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼ Š°Š½ŃƒŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Šø.

ŠšŠ°ŠøŠµ ŠŗŠ°ŠøŠ°Š½ŃƒŠæŠ°ŃŃŠø Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Šø ŠŠ¢ŠŠŸŠ˜ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ сŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠ¼Š°, Š²ŠøŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ° Š›Š¾ŠŗŠµ Š°Š±Ń…ŠøјјхŠ°-Š“Š¾Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š¼; Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š½Š°ŃŃƒ Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š½Š°Š½ŃƒŠæŠ°ŃŃŠø Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Šø ŠŠ¢ŠŠŸŠ˜ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ сŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠ¼Š°, Š²ŠøŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ° Š›Š¾ŠŗŠµ Š°Š±Ń…ŠøјјхŠ°-Š“Š¾Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š¼; цŠøттŠµ цŠøттŠ°Š½ŃƒŠæŠ°ŃŃŠø Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Šø ŠŠ¢ŠŠŸŠ˜ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ сŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠ¼Š°, Š²ŠøŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ° Š›Š¾ŠŗŠµ Š°Š±Ń…ŠøјјхŠ°-Š“Š¾Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š¼; Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼ŠµŃŃƒ Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Š½ŃƒŠæŠ°ŃŃŠø Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Šø ŠŠ¢ŠŠŸŠ˜ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ сŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠ¼Š°, Š²ŠøŠ½ŠµŠøŠøŠ° Š›Š¾ŠŗŠµ Š°Š±Ń…ŠøјјхŠ°-Š“Š¾Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š¼.

Š•Š²Š°Š¼ ŠŗхŠ¾, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø. ŠšŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š° Ā· ŠŠ¦Š, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø? Š˜Š“хŠ°, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ,

Š•Š²Š°Š¼ ŠŗхŠ¾, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾ Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø. Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾, Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€ŠµŠøŠøŠ° сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š¾. ŠŠøŠ°Š¼ Š’Šž Š°Š¼Ń…Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼ Š°Š½ŃƒŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Šø тŠø.

- Š”Š°Š±Š±Š°ŠæхŠ°Š»ŠøŠæхуŠ»Š»Š° ŠšŃ…Š¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠøŠ°Š¼Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Š° Š°ŠŗŠ°Š»Š°ŠæуŠæŠæхŠµŃ…Šø. Š¢Šµ тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° сŠ°Ń€ŠøрŠ°Š¼ Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø Š°Ń˜Ń˜Ń…Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø Š°Š±Ń…ŠøŠæŠæŠ°ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°. Š”ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½ŠøŠæŠø
Š¼Š°Š½Š“Š°Ń€Š°Š²Š°ŠæуŠæŠæхŠ°Š½Šø Š°Š½Ń‚Š°Š»ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ° ŠæŠ°ŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°Š½Ń‚Šø, Š¢Š°Š½Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° сŠ°Ń€ŠøрŠ°Š¼
Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø Š°Ń˜Ń˜Ń…Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø Š°Š±Ń…ŠøŠæŠæŠ°ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°.
Š”ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½ŠøŠæŠø
цŠ°Š½Š“Š°Š½Š°Ń†ŃƒŠ½Š½Š°Š½Šø Š°Š½Ń‚Š°Š»ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠ° ŠæŠ°ŠæŠ°Ń‚Š°Š½Ń‚Šø, Š¢Š°Š½Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° сŠ°Ń€ŠøрŠ°Š¼ Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø
Š°Ń˜Ń˜Ń…Š¾ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø Š°Š±Ń…ŠøŠæŠæŠ°ŠŗŠøрŠ°Š½Ń‚Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°.
Š”ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½ŠøŠæŠø турŠøŠøŠ°Š½Šø Š°Š½Ń‚Š°Š»ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠµ Š²Š°Ń˜Ń˜Š°Š½Ń‚Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°. Š”ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½ŠøŠæŠø сŠ°Š½Š³ŠøтŠ°Š½Šø Š°Š½Ń‚Š°Š»ŠøŠŗŠŗхŠµ Š²Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Š½Ń‚Šø тŠ°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°ŃŃŠ° ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°.

ŠŠ° ŠšŃ…Š¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠµŃ‚Ń‚Š°Š²Š°Ń‚Š° Š¢Š°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š¾ сŠ°ŠŗŠŗŠ°Ń‚Š¾ Š’Š Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø Š³Š°Ń€ŃƒŠŗŠ°Ń‚Š¾ Š’Š Š¼Š°Š½ŠøтŠ¾ Š’Š ŠæујŠøтŠ¾ Š’Š Š°ŠæŠ°Ń†ŠøтŠ¾ Š²Š°. Š˜Š¾
ŠŗхŠ¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š’Š Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхуŠ½Šø Š’Š уŠæŠ°ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š’Š уŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠŗŠ° Š’Š
Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°ŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€Š°Ń‚Šø сŠ°Š¼ŠøцŠøŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š¾ Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Ń†Š°Ń€Šø, ŠæŠ°
Š¢Š°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°Š¼ сŠ°ŠŗŠŗŠ°Ń€Š¾Ń‚Šø Š“Š°Ń€ŃƒŠ¼ ŠšŠ°Ń€Š¾Ń‚Šø Š¼Š°Š½ŠµŃ‚Šø ŠæујŠµŃ‚Šø Š°ŠæŠ°Ń†ŠøŠøŠ°Ń‚Šø, ŠæŠ°Ń€Š°Š¼Š°ŠøŠ°
ŠæујŠ°ŠøŠ°.
Š¢Š°ŃŠ¼Š°Ń‚Šøх Ā· ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°ŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š° Š²ŠøхŠ°Ń€ŠøссŠ°Š¼Š° сŠ°Š¼ŠøцŠøŠæŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š° Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°Ń†Š°Ń€ŠøŠ½ Ā· Š¾Ń‚Šø. Š•Š²Š°Š½ Ā· Š·Š“рŠ°Š²Š¾ Š’Šž, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, сŠøŠŗŠŗхŠøтŠ°Š±Š±Š° ŠŠ¢Š˜.

- ‘Š”ŠøŠøŠ° ŠšŃ…Š¾ ŠŸŠ°Š½ Ā· ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, туŠ¼Ń…Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼ ŠµŠ²Š°Š¼ Ā· ŠŃŃŠ°:’ Š°Ń‚ŠøтŠ°-сŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…ŃƒŠŗŠ°Š¼ ŠæŠ°Š²Š°Ń†Š°Š½Š°Š¼, Š½Š°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Šø Š½Šµ сŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Š° ‘Š¢Šø. ŠŠ° ŠšŃ…Š¾ ŠŸŠ°Š½ Ā· Š•Ń‚Š°Š¼, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠµŠ²Š°Š¼ Š“Š°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Š°Š±Š±Š°Š¼. Š˜Š¾ Š’Šž, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠœŠ°ŠøŠ° Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾ цŠ° Š’ŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ¾ Š¦Š Š“ŠµŃŠøтŠ¾ ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°Ń‚Ń‚Š¾, сŠ¾ Š²Ńƒ Š¼Š°Š¼Š° Ā· Š°Ń†Ń†Š°ŠøŠµŠ½Š° сŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Ń…Š°.

ŠµŠ½Š³Š»ŠµŃŠŗŠø јŠµŠ·ŠøŠŗ

(ŠžŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š°Š»Š¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼)

ŠˆŠ°
ћу рŠ°Š·Ń€Š°Š“Šø Š“ŠøсŠŗурс Š¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šø сŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°, ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ“ујŠµ Š¾Š“ ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šøх
јŠµ Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°, Š°ŠŗŠ¾ тŠ¾ Š¶ŠµŠ»Šø, Š¼Š¾Š¶Šµ Š“Š° ŠæрŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠø Š·Š° сŠµŠ±Šµ: “Š—Š° Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š°
Š²ŠøшŠµ Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ°, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ°, Š½Šµ
Š²ŠøшŠµ стŠ°ŃšŠµ Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, јŠ°Š“Š°, јŠ° сŠ°Š¼ сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, ŠæŠ¾ ŠæрŠøрŠ¾Š“Šø сŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“Š½Šµ Š¾Š“ Š“рŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š±ŠµŠ“Šµ, Š¾Š“рŠµŃ’ŠµŠ½Šøх Š“Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“у суђŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø.

Š
штŠ° јŠµ, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, јŠµŃŃ‚Šµ Š“Š° Š“ŠøсŠŗурс Š¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Š° сŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°,
ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ“ујŠµ Š¾Š“ ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šøх јŠµ Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°, Š°ŠŗŠ¾ тŠ¾ Š¶ŠµŠ»Šø, Š¼Š¾Š¶Šµ Š“Š° ŠæрŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠø Š·Š° сŠµŠ±Šµ:
“Š—Š° Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ°, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ
ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ°, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ Š“рŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, јŠ°Š“Š°, јŠ° сŠ°Š¼
сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, ŠæŠ¾ ŠæрŠøрŠ¾Š“Šø сŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“Š°Š½ Š¾Š“ стŠ°ŃšŠ° Š±ŠµŠ“Šµ, сŠøŠ³ŃƒŃ€Š°Š½ Š“Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“у
ŠæрŠµŠ“Š¾Š“рŠµŃ’ŠµŠ½Š° Š“Š° Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø?

ŠžŠ²Š“Šµ, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, јŠµŠ“Š°Š½ Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ° јŠµ Š¾Š±Š“Š°Ń€ŠµŠ½ Š‘ŃƒŠ“Š“хŠµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š°:

ŠžŠ½ јŠµ Š¾Š±Š“Š°Ń€ŠµŠ½ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š°:

ŠžŠ½ јŠµ Š¾Š±Š“Š°Ń€ŠµŠ½ Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń…Šµ Š°Š²ŠµŃ†Ń†Š°ŠæŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š“Š°:

ŠžŠ½ јŠµ Š¾Š±Š“Š°Ń€ŠµŠ½ ŠˆŠ°Ń‡ŠøŠ½Š° ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šø јŠµ сŠ°Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ°Š½ сŠ° Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°Ń,

ŠžŠ²Š¾
јŠµ, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, јŠµ Š“ŠøсŠŗурс Š¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Šø ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šø сŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°, ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ“ујŠµ Š¾Š“
ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šøх јŠµ Š°Ń€ŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°, Š°ŠŗŠ¾ тŠ¾ Š¶ŠµŠ»Šø, Š¼Š¾Š¶Šµ Š“Š° ŠæрŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠø Š·Š° сŠµŠ±Šµ: “Š—Š° Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ,
Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ Š½ŠøрŠ°ŠøŠ°, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ тŠøрŠ°Ń†Ń†Ń…Š°Š½Š°-Š˜Š¾Š½Šø, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ ŠæŠµŃ‚Ń‚ŠøŠ²ŠøсŠ°ŠøŠ°
, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ Š“рŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, Š½ŠµŃŃ€ŠµŃ›Šµ, јŠ°Š“Š°, јŠ° сŠ°Š¼ сŠ¾Ń‚Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, ŠæŠ¾
ŠæрŠøрŠ¾Š“Šø сŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“Š½Šµ Š¾Š“ Š“рŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š±ŠµŠ“Šµ, Š¾Š“рŠµŃ’ŠµŠ½Šøх Š“Š° Š±ŃƒŠ“у суђŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š¾Š“хŠø.

Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾ трŠµŠ±Š° Š“Š° Š¾ŃŃ‚Š°Š½Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Šø сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°Ń. ŠžŠ²Š¾ јŠµ Š½Š°Ńˆ Š˜Š½Ń‚Ń€ŃƒŃ†Ń‚ŠøŠ¾Š½ Š·Š° Š²Š°Ń.

Š ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, јŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾? Š•Š²Š¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń…

Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, јŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾. Š ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, јŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°? Š•Š²Š¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø,

Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… Š°Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗŠ°Š½Ń‚Šµ ŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠŗŠŗŠ°Š½Ń‚Šµ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø, Š°Š»Š¾ŠŗŠøтŠµ Š²ŠøŠ»Š¾ŠŗŠøтŠµ
сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø, сŠ°Š¼ŠøŠ½Ń˜ŠøтŠµ ŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Ń€ŠøтŠµ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø,
сŠ°Š½Š³Ń…Š°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Ń‚Ń‚Š°Ń†ŠøŠ²Š°Ń€Š°Š“хŠ°Ń€Š°Š½Šµ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø, Š°ŃŠøтŠµ ŠæŠøтŠµ ŠŗхŠ°ŠøŠøтŠµ сŠ°ŠøŠøтŠµ
сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø, уццŠ°Ń€Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Š¼Šµ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø, ŠŗŠ°ŠæŠøјŠ° тхŠøтŠµ
Š½ŠøсŠøŠ½Š½Šµ суттŠµ јŠ°Š³Š°Ń€ŠøтŠµ Š±Ń…Š°ŃŠøтŠµ туŠ½Ń…ŠøŠ±Ń…Š°Š²Šµ сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°Ń€Šø Š„Š¾Ń‚Šø.

Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, јŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°. Š”Š°Ń‚Š¾ трŠµŠ±Š° Š“Š° Š¾ŃŃ‚Š°Š½Šµ, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Šø сŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Ń˜Š°Š½Š°Ń. ŠžŠ²Š¾ јŠµ Š½Š°Ńˆ Š˜Š½Ń‚Ń€ŃƒŃ†Ń‚ŠøŠ¾Š½ Š·Š° Š²Š°Ń.

- ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š±Š»ŠøŠ·Š°Š½Ń†Šø сŠ°Š»Š° Š“рŠ²ŠµŃ›Šµ у ŠæуŠ½Š¾Š¼ цŠ²Š°Ń‚Ńƒ, ŠøŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ тŠ¾ Š½ŠøјŠµ сŠµŠ·Š¾Š½Š° цŠ²ŠµŃ‚Š°ŃšŠ°. Š˜ цŠ²ŠµŃ‚Š¾Š²Šø ŠŗŠøшŠ° ŠæŠ¾ тŠµŠ»Ńƒ тŠ°Ń‚Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Šµ Šø ŠæŠ°Š“Š° Šø ŠøŠ·Š°Š·Š²Š°Ń‚Šø су рŠ°Š·Š±Š°Ń†Š°Š½Šµ ŠæŠ¾ њŠ¾Ń˜ у Š¾Š±Š¾Š¶Š°Š²Š°ŃšŠµŠ¼ тŠ°Ń‚Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Šµ. Š˜
Š½ŠµŠ±ŠµŃŠŗŠ° Š¦Š¾Ń€Š°Š» цŠ²ŠµŃ›Šµ Šø Š½ŠµŠ±ŠµŃŠŗŠø сŠ°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š¾Š²ŠøŠ½Š° ŠæрŠ°Ń… Š¾Š“ Š½ŠµŠ±Š° ŠŗŠøшŠµ Š“Š¾Š»Šµ Š½Š°
тŠµŠ»Ńƒ тŠ°Ń‚Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Šµ, Š°Š½Š“ Š“рŠ¾Šæ Šø рŠ°ŃŠµŃ˜Š°ŃšŠµ Šø су рŠ°Š·Š±Š°Ń†Š°Š½Šµ ŠæŠ¾ њŠ¾Ń˜ у Š¾Š±Š¾Š¶Š°Š²Š°ŃšŠµŠ¼
тŠ°Ń‚Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Šµ.
Š˜ Š·Š²ŃƒŠŗ Š½ŠµŠ±ŠµŃŠŗŠøх Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ¾Š²Š° Šø Š½ŠµŠ±ŠµŃŠŗŠøх ŠøŠ½ŃŃ‚Ń€ŃƒŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š°Ń‚Š° ŠæрŠ°Š²Šø Š¼ŃƒŠ·ŠøŠŗу у Š²Š°Š·Š“уху ŠøŠ· ŠæŠ¾ŃˆŃ‚Š¾Š²Š°ŃšŠ° ŠæрŠµŠ¼Š° Š¢Š°Ń‚Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Šµ.

ŠŠøјŠµ Š¾Š²Š°Ń˜, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š“Š° Š¢Š°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃˆŃ‚ŃƒŃ˜Šµ, ŠæŠ¾ŃˆŃ‚Š¾Š²Š°Š½Š°, цŠµŃšŠµŠ½Šø, ŠæŠ»Š°Ń›Š° ŠæŠ¾Ń‡Š°ŃŃ‚ Šø чŠ°ŃŃ‚. ŠŠ»Šø,
ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, сŠ²Š°ŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń… ŠøŠ»Šø Š±Ń…ŠøŠŗŠŗхуŠ½Šø, Š»Š°ŠøŠŗ ŠøŠ»Šø Š»Š°ŠøŠ²Š¾Š¼Š°Š½, ŠæрŠµŠ¾ŃŃ‚Š°Š»Šø
Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼’Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°’Šæ’ŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, сŠ°Š¼ŠøцŠø’Šæ’ŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, Š¶ŠøŠ²Šø у сŠŗŠ»Š°Š“у сŠ°
Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼, Š“Š° јŠµŠ“Š°Š½ ŠæŠ¾ŃˆŃ‚ŃƒŃ˜Šµ, Š²ŠµŠ½ŠµŃ€Š°Ń‚ŠµŃ, ŠµŃŃ‚ŠµŠµŠ¼Ń, Š¾Š“Š°Ń˜Šµ ŠæŠ¾Ń‡Š°ŃŃ‚, Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃˆŃ‚ŃƒŃ˜Šµ
Š¢Š°Ń‚Ń…Š°Š³Š°Ń‚Š°
сŠ° Š½Š°Ń˜Š²ŠøшŠµ Š¾Š“Š»ŠøчŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š¾Š¼Š°Š¶. Š—Š±Š¾Š³ тŠ¾Š³Š°, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, трŠµŠ±Š° сŠµŠ±Šµ Š“Š° Š²ŠµŠ¶Š±Š°Ń‚Šµ Š¾Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾: “ŠœŠø ћŠµŠ¼Š¾ Š¾ŃŃ‚Š°Ń‚Šø
Š“хŠ°Š¼Š¼’Š°Š½ŃƒŠ“хŠ°Š¼Š¼Š°’Šæ’ŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, сŠ°Š¼ŠøцŠø’Šæ’ŠæŠ°Ń‚ŠøŠæŠ°Š½Š½Š°, Š¶ŠøŠ²Šø у сŠŗŠ»Š°Š“у сŠ°
Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼”.

- “Š—Š° Š½ŠµŠŗŠµ Š¾Š“ Š²Š°Ń, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š¼Š¾Š¶Šµ Š“Š¾Ń›Šø Š“Š¾ Š¾Š²Š°ŠŗŠ¾: ‘Š ŠµŃ‡Šø Š£Ń‡ŠøтŠµŃ™Š° Š·Š°Š²Ń€ŃˆŠøŠ»Š¾, Š½ŠµŠ¼Š° Š²ŠøшŠµ Š½ŠøјŠµ Š£Ń‡ŠøтŠµŃ™”. ŠŠ»Šø тŠ¾, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, Š½Šµ трŠµŠ±Š° Š“Š° сŠµ тŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ сŠ¼Š°Ń‚Ń€Š°. Š”Š°, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜Šµ сŠ°Š¼ учŠøŠ¾ Šø Š¾Š±Š·Š½Š°Š½ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° Š²Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š”Ń…Š°Š¼Š¼Š¾Š¼ Šø Š’ŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠø, ћŠµ Š±ŠøтŠø Š²Š°Ńˆ учŠøтŠµŃ™ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ Š¼Š¾Š³ уŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Ń˜ŠµŃšŠ°.


86) ke ka khale Sesotha

86) kes ka ye khale Sesotha

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

ITHUTA’NG
 
ho tloha
TEMOHISISO-NET- Free Online A1 (tsosoa One) Tipiį¹­aka Research & Itloaetseng University
a Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
mabapi le
Free Online Electronic Visual Puisano Course mabapi le Science ea lipolotiki
-Techno-Politico-maemo a phedisano le Phetoho le Economic tokollo Movement
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

ho pholletsa http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Classic Bobuddha (Lithuto tsa tsosoa Ea nang le lemoha) ho matleng a
lefatÅ”e, ‘me mong le e mong na le litokelo tsa bo khethehileng: JC

Ke ka ho fetisisa Positive Energy ea rutang le ho etsa lipatlisiso
sekametseng setsheng sa propagating lithuto tsa One tsosoa le lemoha
Buddha ‘me ka techno-Politico-maemo a phedisano le Phetoho le Economic
tokollo Movement lateloa ke batho ba limilione ba mofuta ona lefats’eng
lohle ka lipuo tse 105 khale.

Etsetsa phetolelo e tobileng joalokaha thuto ea ea seno sena se
University ka puo e le ‘ngoe’ me ba ka mosebetsing ona Translation Google le
boikatiso entitles hore e be Stream Enterer (Sottapanna) le ho finyella Eternal Bliss e le Sefe Final.
Pali Lentsoe letsatsi bakeng sa July 10, 2016

jambhati - ho elimola, ho tsosa thajana, ho tsoha, tsamaea

">DN 16 (D ii a 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Qotsitsoeng}

- The litaelo tse ling tse ya qetelo -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta ena e bokellang fuoa litaelo tse fapa-fapaneng tsa Buddha fa bakeng sa
molemong oa balateli ba hae ka mor’a ho fetisetsa hae hang-hang, e leng etsa hore ho be haholo
ea bohlokoa sete ya litaelo tsa hae ho rōna matsatsing ana.

setsi sa ho thuisa Sri Mobuddha sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- The baskete ea lipuo -
[Sutta: puo]

The Sutta Piį¹­aka na motheo oa ho ruta Buddha oa
mabapi le Dhamma. E na le suttas fetang sekete tse leshome. ke
arotsoe ho bokelleng tse hlano bitsoa Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: nako e telele] The Dīgha Nikāya bokellang 34 e telele ka
    
lipuo tsa fanoeng ke Buddha. Ho na le maele a fapa-fapaneng hore ba bangata ba
    
bona ba ho elella bofelong ba katoloso ea ea polokelo tsoa mohloling ebile oa belaetsang
    
nepahetse.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: seaplane] The Majjhima Nikāya bokellang lipuo 152 tsa
Buddha ha bolelele lipakeng, a sebetsana le litaba tsa tŔoaneng.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: sehlopha se leqephe] Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya bokellang ea suttas
    
ho ea ka ho ipeha tlas’a bona ka 56 potlana lihlopha tse thoeng saį¹ƒyuttas. e
    
na lipuo tse fetang likete tse tharo ba bolelele polygonal, empa
    
ka kakaretso batlang e le khutŔoanyane.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Ang: Ntho e | uttara: additionnal] The Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya e subdivized a leshome le motso potlana lihlopha tse thoeng nipātas, e mong le ba bona ba
    
bokella lipuo entsoeng ka enumerations ea Ntlha e nngwe
    
bapisiwa le bao ba butse khoro litabeng nipāta. E na le likete-kete tsa suttas
    
tse ka kakaretso e khutŔoanyane.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: khutŔoanyane, tse nyenyane] The Khuddhaka Nikāya litemana tse khutŔoanyane
    
‘me o nkoa e le’ nile entsoe ka stratas tse peli: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā le Jātaka theha
    
ea boholo-holo strata, ha libuka tse ling tse ekelitsoeng ho elella bofelong ba le bona
    
bonnete feta belaetsang.

">DN 16 (D ii a 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Qotsitsoeng}
- The litaelo tse ling tse ya qetelo -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta ena e bokellang fuoa litaelo tse fapa-fapaneng tsa Buddha fa ka
lebaka la balateli ba hae ka mor’a hore e ntse e feta hae hang-hang, e
leng etsa hore e ho sete ea bohlokoa haholo ea litaelo bakeng sa rōna
matsatsing ana.

Ela hloko: Info Ā· bubble mong le e mong lentsoe Pali haese karolong le leseli tse tala tse mmala

Pali

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
Nama dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘
bartltt.

Katamo
CA joalo, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘bartltt?

Idh Ā· ānanda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi kahoo bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ bartltt.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ bartltt.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, Esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ bartltt.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayaį¹ƒ
Kho joalo, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘bartltt

Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vao amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ Kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti. Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ Kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vao amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« bartltt.

- Sabbaphāliphullā Kho, Ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na Kho, Ānanda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato VA mānito VA pūjito VA apacito VA. Kho
Yo, Ānanda, bhikkhu VA bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, kahoo
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· ānanda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· lumela vao, Ānanda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Dudugo Kho pan Ā· ānanda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa: “atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi ha ho satthā’ bartltt. Na Kho pan Ā· etaį¹ƒ, Ānanda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. vao Yo, Ānanda, Semaya Dhammo CA Vinayo tham desito paƱƱatto, kahoo vao Mam Ā· accayena satthā.

English

(The Seipone sa Dhamma)

Ke
tla hlalosa sena ka bobatsi ka puo ka Dhamma e leng o bitsoa
Dhammādāsa, na oo ariyasāvaka, haeba a tle litakatso ka ho phatlalatsa a
ipaka: “Ho ‘na, ha ho na niraya feta moo, ha hlola ho tiracchāna-yoni,
hlola pettivisaya, ha ho
haholoanyane boemo ba ho hloka thabo, la tsietsi ea, oa baka
masisa-pelo, ke sotāpanna, ka tlhaho u lokolohile ho maemong a bakang
mesarelo, e itseng ea ho reretsoeng ho sambodhi.

‘Me
ke eng, Ānanda, ke hore puo ka Dhamma e leng o bitsoa Dhammādāsa, na oo
ariyasāvaka, haeba a tle litakatso ka ho phatlalatsa a ipaka: “Ho’ na,
ha ho na niraya feta moo, ha hlola ho tiracchāna-yoni, hlola
pettivisaya, hlola boemo ba ho hloka thabo, la tsietsi ea, oa baka
masisa-pelo, ke sotāpanna, ka tlhaho u lokolohile ho maemong a bakang
mesarelo, e itseng ea ho reretsoeng ho sambodhi?

Mona, Ānanda, ariyasāvaka e e filoe Buddhe aveccappasāda:

O filoe Dhamme aveccappasāda:

O filoe Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

O filoe e Sila e ratoang ke ariyas eo,

Sena,
Ānanda, ke puo ka Dhamma e leng o bitsoa Dhammādāsa, na oo ariyasāvaka,
haeba a tle litakatso ka ho phatlalatsa a ipaka: “Ho ‘na, ha ho na
niraya feta moo, ha hlola ho tiracchāna-yoni, hlola pettivisaya
, hlola boemo ba ho hloka thabo, la tsietsi ea, oa baka masisa-pelo,
ke sotāpanna, ka tlhaho u lokolohile ho maemong a bakang mesarelo, e
itseng ea ho reretsoeng ho sambodhi.

Sato u lokela ho lula re, bhikkhus, ‘me sampajānas. Sena ke intruction rona ho uena.

Le kamoo, bhikkhus, ke bhikkhu Sato? Mona, bhikkhus, e bhikkhu

Kahoo, bhikkhus, ke bhikkhu Sato. Le kamoo, bhikkhus, ke bhikkhu sampajāna? Mona, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« hoti, heke į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

Kahoo, bhikkhus, ke bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato u lokela ho lula re, bhikkhus, ‘me sampajānas. Sena ke intruction rona ho uena.

- Ananda, le lefahla le Sala lifate tsa ba palesa feletseng, le hoja e hase nako ea lipalesa. Le lithunthung pula holim’a ‘mele oa Tathagata le lerotholi le hasanya’ me ba strewn holim ‘a eona borapeling ba Tathagata. ‘Me
leholimo lipalesa likorale le leholimo sandalwood phofo ho tswa marung
nesetsa mele oa Tathagata,’ me le tlohele le hasanya ‘me ba strewn
holim’ a eona borapeling ba Tathagata.
Le molumo oa mantsoe oa leholimo le liletsa oa leholimo o etsa ‘mino moeeng tsoa tlhompho ea borapeli bakeng sa Tathagata.

Ho ke ke ha ke sena, Ānanda, hore Tathāgata e hlomphuoa, hlomphuoa, bo nkeloa holimo, leshwa tlotla le hlomphuoa. Empa,
Ananda, leha e le efe bhikkhu kapa bhikkhuni, bao e seng baruti kapa
laywoman, setseng dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ho
phela ho latela Dhamma, hore e mong o hlompha, venerates, esteems, o
lefang tlotla, ‘me a hlompha ea Tathāgata
le tlotla ea khabane. Ka lebaka leo, Ānanda, u lokela ho koetlisa lōna kahoo: “Re tla lula
re dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ho phela ho latela
Dhamma.

-
‘E le hore re ba bang ba lōna, Ānanda, ho ka’ na etsahala ka tsela eo:
“Mantsoe a Mosuoe e ile ea fela, ho na le ha e sa le Mosuoe.
Empa sena, Ānanda, ha aa lokela ho, ka ho joalo ho nkoa. Eo, Ānanda, eo ke o ile a ruta ‘me tsebisa wena jwaloka Dhamma le Vinaya, e tla ba Mosuoe ea hao ka mor’a feta ka moo.

88) Classical Shona
88) Classical Shona

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

LESSONS
 
kubva
NJERE-NET- Free Online A1 (anomutswa Mumwe) Tipiį¹­aka Research & Practice University
mune Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
pamusoro
Free Online Electronic Visual Communication Course pamusoro Political Science
-Techno-Politico-Socio Rokushandura uye Economic nekodzero dzevanhu Movement
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

kuburikidza http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Classical chiBhudha (Zvaidzidziswa akapepuka Mumwe ane Awareness) venyika, uye vose vane zvakakwana kodzero: JC

ndiyo Positive Energy of zvakwo uye kutsvakurudza akatarisa wotoona
pakuwanza dzidziso akapepuka Mumwe chete Awareness Buddha uye
Techno-Politico-Socio Rokushandura uye Economic nekodzero dzevanhu
Movement anoteverwa nemamiriyoni evanhu pasi rose muna 105 mumitauro
Classical.

Kupa shanduro chaiyo somunhu chidzidzo ichi
University mururimi rwaamai munhu uyu Google Translation uye
kupararira kodzero kuva Stream Enterer (Sottapanna) uye kuwana Hupenyu Bliss somunhu Final Azova.
Pali Shoko zuva July 10, 2016

jambhati - kuti n’ai, kumutsa anozvitambudza, kumuka, kuenda

">DN 16 (D II 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Zvishomanana}

- The okupedzisira mirayiridzo -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta ichi anounganidza mirayiridzo siyana Buddha vakapa
nokuda kwevateveri vake pashure kupfuura kwake kure, izvo zvinoita kuti kuva chaizvo
chinokosha akagadzirwa mirayiridzo isu mazuva ano.

Kufungisisa muzinda Sri dzechiBuddha sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- The mudengu hurukuro -
[Sutta: hurukuro]

The Sutta Piį¹­aka rine musimboti zvaidzidziswa Wat
chokuita Dhamma. Rine vanopfuura zviuru gumi suttas. Zviri
kwakaparadzaniswa shanu kuunganidza inonzi Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: refu] The Dīgha Nikāya anounganidza 34 wakarebesa
    
hurukuro inopiwa Buddha. Pane zvahungava hwakaita siyana kuti vazhinji
    
kwavari vanonoka kuwedzera yepakutanga corpus uye mibvunzo
    
nderechokwadi.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: svikiro] The Majjhima Nikāya anounganidza 152 hurukuro
pamusoro Buddha pamusoro zvenguva urefu, pakubata dzakasiyana nyaya.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: boka] The Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya anounganidza suttas
    
maererano nenyaya yavo vemu sub-mapoka 56 anonzi saį¹ƒyuttas. It
    
rine hurukuro dzinopfuura zviuru zvitatu shanduka urefu, asi
    
kazhinji pfupi.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Sing: chinhu | uttara: additionnal] The Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya ari subdivized vemu sub-mapoka gumi anonzi nipātas, mumwe nomumwe wavo
    
kuunganidza hurukuro rinoumbwa enumerations mumwe zvimwe chinhu
    
maringe vaya muenzaniso nipāta. Rine zviuru suttas
    
izvo vanowanzoremekedza pfupi.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: pfupi, duku] The Khuddhaka Nikāya pfupi magwaro
    
uye anonzi sezvo vakanga rinoumbwa stratas zviviri: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā uye Jātaka vanoumba
    
rekare strata, nepo mamwe mabhuku vanonoka kuwedzererwa vavo
    
nderechokwadi zvakawanda chokwadi.

">DN 16 (D II 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Zvishomanana}
- The okupedzisira mirayiridzo -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta ichi anounganidza mirayiridzo siyana Buddha akapa nokuda
kwevateveri vake pashure kupfuura kwake kure, izvo zvinoita kuti kuva
zvinokosha zvikuru akagadzirwa mirayiridzo isu mazuva ano.

Cherechedza: Info Ā· matema musi Pali shoko ose kunze muchikamu nechiedza girini kumashure ruvara

Pali

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
Nama dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya Vutihlanganisi-kareyya:
‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo nyane Ā·
āpāya-duggati-vinipāto, sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ti.

Katamo,
ca saka, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya Vutihlanganisi-kareyya:
‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo nyane Ā·
āpāya-duggati-vinipāto, sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘yeWatchtower?

Idh Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi saka bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, ESA bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayaį¹ƒ
Kho saka, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya Vutihlanganisi-kareyya:
‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo nyane Ā·
āpāya-duggati-vinipāto, sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘yeWatchtower

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ rakennus amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ Kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ Kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ rakennus amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā Kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na Kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato VA mānito VA pūjito VA apacito VA. Kho
Yo, Ananda, bhikkhu VA bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, saka
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· mhoro rakennus, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siyā Kho pani Ā· Ananda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa:’ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi pasina satthā ‘ti. Na Kho pani Ā· reEtami, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. rakennus Yo, Ananda, Maya Dhammo ca Vinayo CA desito paƱƱatto, saka rakennus mam Ā· accayena satthā.

Chirungu

(The Mirror the Dhamma)

Ndichaita
kududzira hurukuro pamusoro Dhamma unonzi Dhammādāsa, nevakange icho
ariyasāvaka, kana zvakadaro zvido, angataura pachake: ‘Nokuti ini,
hakuchina niraya, pasisina tiracchāna-yoni, pasisina pettivisaya, kwete
zvakawanda ezvinhu kusafara, pamusoro njodzi, undiuraye, ndiri
sotāpanna, pachisikirwo wasunungurwa inoti yokutambura, vamwe vari
kuenda sambodhi.

Uye
chii, Ananda, ndiko kuti hurukuro pamusoro Dhamma unonzi Dhammādāsa,
nevakange icho ariyasāvaka, kana zvakadaro zvido, angataura pachake:
‘Nokuti ini, hakuchina niraya, pasisina tiracchāna-yoni, pasisina
pettivisaya, pasisina ezvinhu kusafara, pamusoro njodzi, undiuraye,
ndiri sotāpanna, pachisikirwo wasunungurwa inoti yokutambura, vamwe vari
takatondeswa kuti sambodhi?

Pano, Ananda, imwe ariyasāvaka hwakapiwa simba Buddhe aveccappasāda:

Ari rusununguko Dhamme aveccappasāda:

Ari rusununguko Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

Ari rusununguko ane Sila riri chinofadza kune ariyas,

Izvi,
Ananda, ndiyo hurukuro pamusoro Dhamma unonzi Dhammādāsa, nevakange
icho ariyasāvaka, kana zvakadaro zvido, angataura pachake: ‘Nokuti ini,
hakuchina niraya, pasisina tiracchāna-yoni, pasisina pettivisaya
, pasisina ezvinhu kusafara, pamusoro njodzi, undiuraye, ndiri
sotāpanna, pachisikirwo wasunungurwa inoti yokutambura, vamwe vari
kuenda sambodhi.

Sato uchifanira kuramba, bhikkhus, uye sampajānas. Ichi intruction yedu kwamuri.

Uye sei, bhikkhus, ndiko bhikkhu Sato? Pano, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu

Saka, bhikkhus, ndiko bhikkhu Sato. Uye sei, bhikkhus, ndiko bhikkhu sampajāna? Pano, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gedhi
muNetofa nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

Saka, bhikkhus, ndiko bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato uchifanira kuramba, bhikkhus, uye sampajānas. Ichi intruction yedu kwamuri.

- Ananda, waSarumoni mapatya miti vari zvakazara maruva, kunyange hakusi mwaka maruva. Nemaruva mvura pamusoro mumuviri Tathagata uye donhwe uparadzire uye ukatakata pamusoro payo pakunamata Tathagata. Uye
zvomuchadenga nekorari maruva vokudenga sandalwood upfu kubva kudenga
mvura pasi pamusoro nomuviri Tathagata, udonhedze uparadzire uye
ukatakata pamusoro payo pakunamata Tathagata.
Uye kurira manzwi vokudenga uye zvokuridzira vokudenga inoita mumhanzi mumhepo pakutya kuti Tathagata.

Hazvina neizvi, Ananda, kuti Tathāgata anokudzwa, anoremekedzwa, vanoremekedzwa, akaremekedza uye kukudzwa. Asi,
Ananda, chero bhikkhu kana bhikkhuni, munhuwo zvake kana laywoman,
vasara dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, kurarama
maererano Dhamma, kuti umwe toreva, venerates, anokoshesa, unoripa
ruremekedzo, uye anokudza Tathāgata
pamwe makakurumbira akamunamata. Naizvozvo, Ananda, unofanira kurovedza pachenyu saka: ‘Ticharamba
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, kurarama maererano
Dhamma’.

- ‘To vamwe venyu, Ananda, zvinogona kuitika kudai:’ Mashoko Mudzidzisi dzaguma, asisiri pane Mudzidzisi ‘. Asi ichi, Ananda, havafaniri, kuonekwa saizvozvo. Kuti,
Ananda, izvo ndakavadzidzisa akazivisa kwamuri sezvo Dhamma uye Vinaya,
achava Mudzidzisi wako pashure kupfuura yangu kure.


89) Classical Sindhi
89) Classical Ų³Ł†ŚŒŁŠ

1921 Ų¹ Ł¾ŁŠŲ± 11 Ų¬ŁˆŁ„Ų§Ų” 2016 Ų¹

Ų³ŲØŁ‚
 
Ś©Ų§Ł†
ŲØŲµŁŠŲ±ŲŖ-NET- Ł…ŁŲŖ Ų¢Ł† Ł„Ų§Ų¦Ł† A1 (Ś¾ŚŖ ŁˆŚƒŁŠŁ†) Tipiį¹­aka Ų±ŁŠŲ³Ų±Ś† Ū½ Ų¹Ł„Ų§Ų¬ ŁŠŁˆŁ†ŁŠŁˆŲ±Ų³Ł½ŁŠ
ŚŲ³Ś» ŁŲ§Ų±Ł…ŁŠŁ½ (FOA1TRPUVF) Ū¾
ŲŖŁŠ
Ł¾ŁˆŁ„ŁŠŁ½ŁŠŚŖŁ„ Ų³Ų§Ų¦Ł†Ų³ ŲŖŁŠ Ł…ŁŲŖ Ų¢Ł† Ł„Ų§Ų¦Ł† Ų§Ł„ŁŠŚŖŁ½Ų±Ų§Ł†ŚŖ ŚŲ³Ś» ŚŖŁ…ŁŠŁˆŁ†ŁŠŚŖŁŠŲ“Ł† ŚŖŁˆŲ±Ų³
-Techno-Politico-Ų³Ł…Ų§Ų¬ŁŠ Transformation Ū½ Ų§Ł‚ŲŖŲµŲ§ŲÆŁŠ Ų¢Ų²Ų§ŲÆŁŠŲ” Ł„Ų§Ų” Ł…ŁˆŁˆŁ…ŁŠŁ†Ł½
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

// sarvajan: ŁƒŁŠ Ų°Ų±ŁŠŲ¹ŁŠ. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Classical Ł»ŚŒ Ł…ŲŖ (Ų“Ų¹ŁˆŲ± Ų³Ų§Ł† ŁˆŚƒŁŠŁ† Ł‡ŚŖ Ų¬ŁŠ ŲŖŲ¹Ł„ŁŠŁ…Ų§ŲŖ) Ų¬ŁŠ ŲÆŁ†ŁŠŲ§ Ų³Ų§Ł† ŁˆŲ§Ų³Ų·Łˆ Ų±Ś©Ł†ŲŒ Ū½ Ł‡Ų± Ų³Ś†Ų§ Ų­Ł‚ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ: Ų¬Ś©

Ų“Ų¹ŁˆŲ± Ų³Ų§Ł† ŁˆŚƒŁŠŁ† Ł‡ŚŖ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł…Ł‡Ų§ŲŖŁ…Ų§ Ł»ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ ŲŖŲ¹Ł„ŁŠŁ…Ų§ŲŖ Ś©ŁŠ Ś¦Ł‡Ł„Ų§Ų¦Ś» Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…Ų¹Ł„ŁˆŁ…Ų§ŲŖŁŠ Ū½ ŲŖŲ­Ł‚ŁŠŁ‚
Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§ŁŠŲ¬Ł†ŚŠŲ§ Ų³Ų§Ų¦ŁŠŁ½ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų³Ś€ Ś©Ų§Ł† Ł…Ų«ŲØŲŖ ŲŖŁˆŲ§Ł†Ų§Ų¦ŁŠ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ Ū½ Techno-Politico-Ų³Ł…Ų§Ų¬ŁŠ
Transformation Ū½ Ų§Ł‚ŲŖŲµŲ§ŲÆŁŠ Ų¢Ų²Ų§ŲÆŁŠŲ” Ł„Ų§Ų” Ł…ŁˆŁˆŁ…ŁŠŁ†Ł½ 105 Classical Ł»ŁˆŁ„ŁŠŁ† Ū¾ Ų³Ś€Ł†ŁŠ
Ś©ŁŠ ŲÆŁ†ŁŠŲ§ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų­ŁˆŲ§Ł„ŁŠ Ų³Ų§Ł† Ł…Ų§Ś»Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł„Ś©Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł¾ŁŗŁŠŲ§Ł† ŲŖŁŠ.

Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł‡ŚŖ Ų³ŲØŁ‚ Ų·ŁˆŲ± ŲŖŁŠ ŁŗŁŠŚŖ ŁŗŲ§ŚŖ ŲŖŲ±Ų¬Ł…Łˆ Ų§Ł†Ų¬Ų§Ł…
Ł‡Ł† ŚÆŁˆŚÆŁ„ ŲŖŲ±Ų¬Ł…Łˆ ŚŖŲ±Ś» Ł‡ŚŖ Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…Ų§ŲÆŲ±ŁŠ Ų²ŲØŲ§Ł† Ū¾ ŁŠŁˆŁ†ŁŠŁˆŲ±Ų³Ł½ŁŠ Ū½
Ł¾Ų±Ś†Ų§Ų± Ł‡ŚŖ ŁˆŁ‡ŚŖŲ±Łˆ Enterer (Sottapanna) ŁæŁŠŚ» Ł„Ų§Ų” Ū½ Ł‡ŚŖ ŁŲ§Ų¦Ł†Ł„ ŚÆŁˆŁ„ Ų·ŁˆŲ± Ų¬Ś¾Ų§Ł†Ł† Ł†Ų¹Ł…ŲŖ Ł¾Ś¾Ś†Ś» Ł„Ų§Ų” entitles.
Ł¾Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų­ŚŖŁ… 10 Ų¬ŁˆŁ„Ų§Ų” Ł„Ų§Ų” Ł‡ŚŖ ŚŁŠŁ†Ł‡Ł†ŲŒ 2016

jambhati -ŲŒ yawn Ś©ŁŠ ŲÆŁ„ŲØŲ± Ų§ŁæŁ†ŲÆŲ§ Ś©ŁŠŲŒ Ų§ŁæŁŠŲŒ Ś¦Ų§Ł½ŁŠ Ł¾ŁŠŲ§

">DN 16 (ŲÆ ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{excerpts}

- Ų³Ł†ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¢Ų®Ų±ŁŠ Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† -
[Ł…Ł‡Ų§-parinibbāna]

Ł‡Ł† sutta ŚÆŚ Ł…Ų®ŲŖŁ„Ł Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…Ł‡Ų§ŲŖŁ…Ų§ Ł»ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ Ł„Ų§Ų” ŚŁ†ŁŠ
Ų³Ł†ŲÆŲ³ Ł…Ł†Ś¾Ł† Ų§Ł†ŲŖŁ‚Ų§Ł„ Ś©Ų§Ł† Ł¾ŁˆŲ” Ų³Ł†ŲÆŲ³ Ł¾ŁˆŲ¦Ł„Ś³ Ų¬ŁŠ ŁˆŲ§Ų³Ų·ŁŠŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬Łˆ Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ ŚŖŁˆ ŲŖŁ…Ų§Ł… ŁæŁŠ ŲØŚ»Ų§Ų¦ŁŠ
Ł‡Ų§Ś»ŁŠ Ų§Ų³Ų§Ł† Ł„Ų§Ų” Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§Ł‡Ł… Ų³ŁŠŁ½.

Ł…Ų±Ų§Ł‚ŲØŁˆ Ł…Ų±ŚŖŲ² Ų³Ų±ŁŠ Ł»ŚŒ sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- Ų§Ś¾Ų±ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠ Ł½ŁˆŚŖŲ±ŁŠ -
[sutta: ŁˆŚŖŁŠŁ¾ŁŠŚŠŁŠŲ§]

Ł‡Ł† Sutta Piį¹­aka ŲŖŁ‡ Ł…Ł‡Ų§ŲŖŁ…Ų§ Ł»ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ ŲŖŲ¹Ł„ŁŠŁ… Ų¬ŁŠ Ų°Ų§ŲŖ ŲŖŁŠ Ł…Ų“ŲŖŁ…Ł„ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
Ų¬ŁŠ Dhamma Ų¬ŁŠ Ų­ŁˆŲ§Ł„ŁŠ Ų³Ų§Ł†. Ų§Ł‡Łˆ Ł‡Ų²Ų§Ų± Ś©Ų§Ł† ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ ŚŁ‡Ł† suttas ŲŖŁŠ Ł…Ų“ŲŖŁ…Ł„ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ. Ų§Ł‡Łˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
Ł¾Ł†Ų¬ ŁæŲ±ŁŠ Nikāyas Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆ Ū¾ ŲŖŁ‚Ų³ŁŠŁ… ŚŖŁŠŁˆ.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[dÄ«gha: ŚŠŚÆŁ‡ŁŠ] Ł‡Ł† DÄ«gha Nikāya ŚÆŚ Ų±Ų³ŲŖŁ† Ų¬ŁŠ 34
    
Ł‡Ł† Ł»ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ ŚŁ†Łˆ Ų§Ś¾Ų±ŁŠ. Ł†Ł‡ Ł…Ų®ŲŖŁ„Ł Ų§Ų“Ų§Ų±ŁŠ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ ŲŖŁ‡ ŚŖŁŠŲŖŲ±Ł† Ų¦ŁŠ Ų¢Ł‡Ł†
    
Ų§Ł†Ś¾Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§ŲµŁ„ corpus ŚŖŲ±Ś» Ū½ Ų§Ų¹ŲŖŲ±Ų§Ų¶ Ų¬ŁŠ ŲÆŁŠŲ± Ų³Ų§Ł† Ų§Ų¶Ų§ŁŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
    
ŲµŲÆŲ§Ł‚ŲŖ.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[majjhima: ŁˆŚ†ŁˆŁ„ŁŠ] Ł‡Ł† Majjhima Nikāya ŲØŁŠŁˆŲŖ ŚŠŁŠŚÆŁ‡Ł‡ Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…Ł‡Ų§ŲŖŁ…Ų§ Ł»ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ 152 Ų§Ś¾Ų±ŁŠ ŚÆŚŲŒ Ł‚Ų³Ł…ŁŠŁ† Ł‚Ų³Ł…ŁŠŁ† Ł…Ų¹Ų§Ł…Ł„Ł† Ų³Ų§Ł† Ł…Ł†Ł‡Ł† ŚŁŠŚ».
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[samyutta: ŚÆŲ±ŁˆŁ¾] Ł‡Ł† Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya ŚÆŚ Ų¬ŁŠ suttas
    
56 Ų¬ŁŠ Ų°ŁŠŁ„ŁŠ ŚÆŲ±ŁˆŁ‡Ł† Ū¾ Ų§Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…ŁˆŲ¶ŁˆŲ¹ Ł…Ų·Ų§ŲØŁ‚ saį¹ƒyuttas Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆ. Ų§Ł†
    
variable ŚŠŁŠŚÆŁ‡Ł‡ Ų¬ŁŠ Ł‡Ų²Ų§Ų± Ś©Ų§Ł† ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ Ł½ŁŠ Ų§Ś¾Ų±ŁŠ ŲŖŁŠ Ł…Ų“ŲŖŁ…Ł„ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ Ł¾Ų±
    
Ų¹Ų§Ł… Ų·ŁˆŲ± ŲŖŁŠ Ł†Ų³ŲØŲŖŲ§ Ł…Ų®ŲŖŲµŲ±.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[aį¹…g: Ų¹Ų§Ł…Ł„ | uttara: additionnal] Ł‡Ł† Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya ŁŠŲ§Ų±Ł‡Ł† Ų°ŁŠŁ„ŁŠ ŚÆŲ±ŁˆŁ‡Ł† nipātas Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆŲŒ Ų§Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ł…Ų§Ł† Ł‡Ų± Ł‡ŚŖ Ū¾ subdivized Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
    
ŚÆŚ Ł‡ŚŖ Ų§Ų¶Ų§ŁŁŠ Ų¹Ł†ŲµŲ± Ų¬ŁŠ enumerations Ų¬ŁŠ consisting Ų§Ś¾Ų±ŁŠ
    
Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§Ś³ŁˆŲ§Ś» nipāta Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¬Ł† ŲØŁ…Ł‚Ų§ŲØŁ„Ł‡. Ų§Ł‡Łˆ suttas Ų¬ŁŠ Ł‡Ų²Ų§Ų±ŁŠŁ† ŲŖŁŠ Ł…Ų“ŲŖŁ…Ł„ Ł‡ŁˆŁ†ŲÆŁŠ
    
Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų¹Ų§Ł… Ų·ŁˆŲ± ŲŖŁŠ Ł…Ų®ŲŖŲµŲ± Ų¢Ł‡Ł†.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[khuddha: Ł…Ų®ŲŖŲµŲ±ŲŒ Ł†Ł†ŚŁŠ] Ł‡Ł† Khuddhaka Nikāya Ł…Ų®ŲŖŲµŲ± Ų­Ų¬Ų§Ų¬ ŲØŁ†
    
DhammapadaŲŒ UdānaŲŒ: Ū½ Ł»Ł† stratas Ų¬Łˆ ŁŗŁ‡ŁŠŁ„ ŚŖŁŠŁˆ ŁˆŁŠŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Ų¬ŁŠŲ¦Ł† Ų³Ł…Ų¬Ł‡ŁŠŁˆ ŁˆŁŠŁ†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
    
ItivuttakaŲŒ Sutta NipātaŲŒ Theragāthā-TherÄ«gāthā Ū½ Jātaka ŁŲ§Ų±Ł… Ų¬ŁŠ
    
Ł‚ŲÆŁŠŁ… Ų·ŲØŁ‚Ų§ŲŒ Ų¬ŚŁ‡Ł† ŲŖŁ‡ Ł»ŁŠŁ† ŚŖŲŖŲ§ŲØŁ† Ų“Ł‡ŁŠŲÆ Ų§Ų¶Ų§ŁŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡Ł† Ū½ Ų³Ł†ŲÆŁ†
    
ŲµŲÆŲ§Ł‚ŲŖ Ś©Ų§Ł† ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ Ų§Ų¹ŲŖŲ±Ų§Ų¶ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ.

">DN 16 (ŲÆ ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{excerpts}
- Ų³Ł†ŚŒ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¢Ų®Ų±ŁŠ Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† -
[Ł…Ł‡Ų§-parinibbāna]

Ł‡Ł† sutta Ł…Ų®ŲŖŁ„Ł Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł»ŚŒ Ų³Ł†ŲÆŲ³ Ł…Ł†Ś¾Ł† Ų§Ł†ŲŖŁ‚Ų§Ł„ Ś©Ų§Ł† Ł¾ŁˆŲ” Ų³Ł†ŲÆŲ³ Ł¾ŁˆŲ¦Ł„Ś³ Ų¬ŁŠ
Ų®Ų§Ų·Ų± ŚŁ†ŁŠŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų§Ł† Nowadays Ų§Ų³Ų§Ł† Ł„Ų§Ų” Ł‡ŲÆŲ§ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł‡ŚŖ ŲŖŁ…Ų§Ł… Ų§Ł‡Ł… Ł…Ł‚Ų±Ų± ŁæŁŠ ŲØŚ»Ų§Ų¦ŁŠ
ŚÆŚ.

Ł†ŁˆŁ½: Ś„Ų§Ś» Ā· Ų±ŁˆŲ“Ł†ŁŠ Ų³Ų§Ų¦ŁŠ Ł¾Ų³ Ł…Ł†ŲøŲ± Ų¬Łˆ Ų±Ł†ŚÆ Ų³Ų§Ł† Ų­ŲµŁŠ Ū¾ Ś©Ų§Ł†Ų³ŁˆŲ§Ų” Ł‡Ų± Ł¾Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ł„ŁŲø ŲŖŁŠ ŲØŁ„ŲØŁ„

Ł¾Ų§Ł„ŁŠ

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
Ų§ŚŖŲØŲ±Ł†Ų§Ł…Ł‡ dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmiŲŒ yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipātoŲŒ
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ŁˆŁ‚.

Katamo
Ł¾ŁˆŲ” Ų³ŁŠŁŠŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyoŲŒ yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipātoŲŒ
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ŁˆŁ‚ŲŸ

Idh Ā· ānandaŲŒ ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ:

‘Itipi Ł¾ŁˆŲ” bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ ŁˆŁ‚.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ ŁˆŁ‚.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…ghoŲŒ ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…ghoŲŒ Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…ghoŲŒ sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalāŲŒ esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ ŁˆŁ‚.

Ariya-kantehi sÄ«lehi samannāgato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayaį¹ƒ
kho Ł¾ŁˆŲ”ŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyoŲŒ yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipātoŲŒ
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ŁˆŁ‚

Katha Ā· ƱcaŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu sato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŸ IdhaŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu

SatoŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

kāye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimāŲŒ vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒŲ› vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimāŲŒ vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒŲ› citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimāŲŒ vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒŲ› dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimāŲŒ vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ khoŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu sato Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ. Katha Ā· ƱcaŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu sampajāno Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŸ IdhaŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ

Evaį¹ƒ khoŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu sampajāno Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ. SatoŲŒ bhikkhaveŲŒ bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ŁˆŁ‚.

- Sabbaphāliphullā khoŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatantiŲŒ tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatantiŲŒ tāni tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Ų§ŁŠŁ† Ų§ŁŠ khoŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ garukato Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ mānito Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ pÅ«jito Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ apacito Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ. Ł¾ŁŠ-
ŁŠŁˆ khoŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ bhikkhu Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ bhikkhunÄ« Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ upāsako Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ upāsikā
Ś†Ų§Ł†ŚŠŁŠŁˆ dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«ŲŒ
Ł¾ŁˆŲ” Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyatiŲŒ paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· ānandaŲŒ dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. EvaƱ Ā· Ł‡Ų§Ų” voŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siyā kho Ł¾Ų§Ł† Ā· ānandaŲŒ tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa:’ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒŲŒ natthi ŁŁŠ satthā ‘ŁˆŁ‚. Ų§ŁŠŁ† Ų§ŁŠ kho Ł¾Ų§Ł† Ā· etaį¹ƒŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Ł¾ŁŠ- ŁŠŁˆ voŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ Ł…Ų§ŁŠŲ§ Dhammo Ų³ŁŠŁŠ Ų³ŁŠŁŠ desito paƱƱatto VinayoŲŒ Ł¾ŁˆŲ” vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

Ų§Ł†ŚÆŲ±ŁŠŲ²ŁŠ

(Ų¬ŁŠ Dhamma Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¢Ų¦ŁŠŁ†ŁŠ Ū¾)

Ł…ŁˆŁ†
Ś©ŁŠŲŒ Ų¬ŁŠ Dhamma ŲŖŁŠ ŁˆŚŖŁŠŁ¾ŁŠŚŠŁŠŲ§ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Dhammādāsa Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆ ŁˆŁŠŁ†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ
ariyasāvaka Ł…Ų§Ł„ŚŖ Ų·Ų±Ų­ Ų¢ŁŠŲŖŁˆŁ† ŲØŁŠŲ§Ł† ŚŖŁ†ŲÆŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł‡Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ų¦ŁŠŁ† ŚÆŚ¾Ų±Ł†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ś¾ŁŠŲŒ Ł¾Ų§Ś» Ų¬Łˆ
Ų§Ų¹Ł„Ų§Ł† ŚŖŲ±ŁŠ Ų³ŚÆŁ‡ŁŠ ŁæŁˆ:ŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ‘Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ł„Ų§Ų”ŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ nirayaŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ
tiracchāna-yoniŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ pettivisaya Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ
unhappiness Ų¬ŁŠ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŲŒ Ś¦ŁŠŲ±ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ś©ŁŠ Ł‡ŚŖ sotāpanna
ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŁ† Ś©Ų§Ł† Ų¢Ų²Ų§ŲÆ Ų·ŲØŁŠŲ¹ŲŖ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ sambodhi ŁŗŚ¾Ų±Ų§ŁŠŁˆŲ³ŁŠŁ† Ł¾Ų¦ŁŠ Ų¬Łˆ ŚŖŲ¬Ł‡Ł‡ ŲØŁ‡
Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲ§Ł†ŲŒ.

Ū½
Ų¬ŁŠŚŖŁŠŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Dhammādāsa Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆ ŁˆŁŠŁ†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ ŲŖŁ‡ Dhamma ŲŖŁŠ ŲŖŁ‡ ŁˆŚŖŁŠŁ¾ŁŠŚŠŁŠŲ§
Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒŲŒŲŒ Ų¬ŁŠ ariyasāvaka Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬Łˆ Ł…Ų§Ł„ŚŖ Ś¾Ų¬Łˆ Ś¾Ų§ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł‡Ł† Ś†ŁŠŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł¾ŁˆŲ” ŚÆŚ¾Ų±Ł†ŲÆŁˆ Ł¾Ų§Ś» Ų¬Łˆ
Ų§Ų¹Ł„Ų§Ł† ŚŖŲ±ŁŠ Ų³ŚÆŁ‡ŁŠ ŁæŁˆ: ‘Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ł„Ų§Ų”ŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ nirayaŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ tiracchāna-yoni
Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ
pettivisayaŲŒ unhappiness Ų¬Łˆ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŲŒ Ś¦ŁŠŲ±ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ Ł…ŁˆŁ†
Ś©ŁŠ Ł‡ŚŖ sotāpanna ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŁ† Ś©Ų§Ł† Ų¢Ų²Ų§ŲÆ Ų·ŲØŁŠŲ¹ŲŖ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ Ų¢Ś¾ŁŠŲ§Ł†ŲŒ sambodhi
ŁŗŚ¾Ų±Ų§ŁŠŁˆŲ³ŁŠŁ† Ł¾Ų¦ŁŠ Ų¬Łˆ ŚŖŲ¬Ł‡Ł‡ŲŸ

Ł‡ŲŖŁŠŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ ariyasāvaka Buddhe aveccappasāda Ś¾ŁˆŲ³ŁˆŁ† ŲŖŁ†Ś¾Ł† Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ:

Ł‡Ł† Ś†ŁŠŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Dhamme aveccappasāda Ś¾ŁˆŲ³ŁˆŁ† ŲŖŁ†Ś¾Ł† Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ:

Ł‡Ł† Ś†ŁŠŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda Ś¾ŁˆŲ³ŁˆŁ† ŲŖŁ†Ś¾Ł† Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ:

Ł‡Ł† Ś†ŁŠŁˆ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł‡ŚŖ Ų³ŁŠŁ„Ų§ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ ariyas Ś©ŁŠ agreeable Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ Ś¾ŁˆŲ³ŁˆŁ† ŲŖŁ†Ś¾Ł† Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ

Ł‡Ł†ŲŒ
ĀnandaŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Dhammādāsa Ų³ŚŁŠŁˆ ŁˆŁŠŁ†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ ŲŖŁ‡ Dhamma ŲŖŁŠ ŁˆŚŖŁŠŁ¾ŁŠŚŠŁŠŲ§ŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ
ariyasāvakaŲŒ Ł…Ų§Ł„ŚŖ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł‡Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ų¦ŁŠŁ† ŚÆŚ¾Ų±Ł†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ś¾ŁŠŲŒ Ł¾Ų§Ś» Ų¬Łˆ Ų§Ų¹Ł„Ų§Ł† ŚŖŲ±ŁŠ Ų³ŚÆŁ‡ŁŠ
ŁæŁˆ: ‘Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ł„Ų§Ų”ŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ nirayaŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ tiracchāna-yoni Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ
pettivisaya
ŲŒ unhappiness Ų¬Łˆ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ ŁˆŚŒŁŠŚŖ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŲŒ Ś¦ŁŠŲ±ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠŲŒ Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ś©ŁŠ Ł‡ŚŖ
sotāpanna ŲØŲÆŲ­Ų§Ł„ŁŠ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų±ŁŠŲ§Ų³ŲŖŁ†ŲŒ sambodhi ŁŗŚ¾Ų±Ų§ŁŠŁˆŲ³ŁŠŁ† Ł¾Ų¦ŁŠ Ų¬Łˆ ŚŖŲ¬Ł‡Ł‡ Ł…Ų§Ł† Ų¢Ų²Ų§ŲÆ ŁŲ·Ų±ŲŖ
Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲ§Ł†ŲŒ.

Sato Ų§ŁˆŚ¾Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų³Ł…Ų¬Ł‡ŁŠ ŁæŁˆ ŁˆŚƒŁŠŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ū½ sampajānas. Ų§Ł‡Łˆ ŲŖŁˆŁ‡Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ų³Ų§Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ intruction Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ.

Ū½ ŚŖŁŠŲ¦Ł†ŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ bhikkhu sato Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŸ Ł‡ŲŖŁŠŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ bhikkhu

Ų§Ł‡Ś™ŁŠŲ” Ų·Ų±Ų­ŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ bhikkhu sato Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ. Ū½ ŚŖŁŠŲ¦Ł†ŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ bhikkhu sampajāna Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŸ Ł‡ŲŖŁŠŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠŲŒ ŲÆŲ±ŁˆŲ§Ų²ŁŠ į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Ł‡ŁˆŲŖŁŠ.

Ų§Ł‡Ś™ŁŠŲ” Ų·Ų±Ų­ŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ł‡ŚŖ bhikkhu sampajāna Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ. Sato Ų§ŁˆŚ¾Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų³Ł…Ų¬Ł‡ŁŠ ŁæŁˆ ŁˆŚƒŁŠŲŒ bhikkhusŲŒ Ū½ sampajānas. Ų§Ł‡Łˆ ŲŖŁˆŁ‡Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ų³Ų§Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ intruction Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ.

- AnandaŲŒ Ų¬Łˆ Ś³Ł†ŚŁŠŁ„ Ų³Ų§Ł„Ų§ ŁˆŚ»Ł†ŲŒ Ł…ŚŖŁ…Ł„ Ų³Ų§Ś€ŁŠŲ§Ł† Ū¾ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ Ų¬ŁŠŲŖŁˆŚ»ŁŠŚŖ Ų§Ł† ŚÆŁ„Ų¬Ś» Ų¬ŁŠ Ł…Ł†ŲÆ Ł†Ł‡ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ. Ū½ Tathagata Ū½ ŲØŁˆŁ†ŲÆ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¬Ų³Ł… Ū½ Ų§ŚŲ§Ų¦Ś» ŲŖŁŠ blossoms Ł…ŁŠŁ†Ł‡Ł† Ū½ Tathagata Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¹ŲØŲ§ŲÆŲŖ Ū¾ Ų§Ł† ŲŖŁŠ strewn Ų¢Ł‡Ł†. Ū½
Ł†Ų¬Ł…ŁŠ Ł…Ų±Ų¬Ų§Ł† ŚÆŁ„Ł† Ū½ Ų¢Ų³Ł…Ų§Ł† Ł…ŁŠŁ†Ł‡Ł† Ś©Ų§Ł† Ų¢Ų³Ł…Ų§Ł†ŁŠ Ś†Ł†ŲÆŁ† Ł¾Ų§Ų¦ŁˆŚŠŲ± Ł†Ų§Ų²Ł„ Ų¬ŁŠ Tathagata
Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¬Ų³Ł… Ū½ ŲØŁˆŁ†ŲÆ Ū½ Ų§ŚŲ§Ų¦Ś» ŲŖŁŠ Ū½ Tathagata Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¹ŲØŲ§ŲÆŲŖ Ū¾ Ų§Ł† ŲŖŁŠ strewn Ų¢Ł‡Ł†.
Ū½ Ų¢Ų³Ł…Ų§Ł†ŁŠ Ų¢ŁˆŲ§Ų²Ł† Ū½ Ų¢Ų³Ł…Ų§Ł†ŁŠ Ų¢Ł„Ų§ŲŖ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų¢ŁˆŲ§Ų² Ų¬ŁŠ Tathagata Ł„Ų§Ų” Ų¹Ł†Ų§ŁŠŲŖ Ś©Ų§Ł† Ł»Ų§Ł‡Ų± Ų¬ŁŠ Ł‡ŁˆŲ§ Ū¾ Ł…ŁˆŲ³ŁŠŁ‚ŁŠ ŚŖŁ†ŲÆŁˆ Ų¢Ś¾ŁŠ.

Ų§Ł†ŲŒ Ānanda ŲŖŁ‡ TathāgataŲŒ Ł…Ų¹Ų²Ų² Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ veneratedŲŒ Ł¾ŁŠŲ§Ų±ŁˆŲŒ Ų§ŲÆŲ§ Ų¢Ś» Ł…ŚƒŁŠ Ū½ Ų¹Ų²ŲŖ Ł‡Ł† Ų¬ŁŠ Ł†Ł‡ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ. Ł¾Ų±ŲŒ
AnandaŲŒ ŚŖŁ†Ł‡Ł† ŲØŁ‡ bhikkhu ŁŠŲ§ bhikkhuniŲŒ layman ŁŠŲ§ laywomanŲŒ ŲØŲ§Ł‚ŁŠ
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipannaŲŒ sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipannaŲŒ Ų¬ŁŠ Dhamma Ų³Ų§Ł† Ł…Ų·Ų§ŲØŁ‚ Ū¾
Ų±Ł‡Ł†ŲÆŚ™ŲŒ ŲŖŁ‡ Ł‡ŚŖ ŚŲ³Ų¬Ś»ŲŒ veneratesŲŒ esteemsŲŒ Ų¢Ś» Ł¾Ś¾Ś†Ų§Ų¦ŁŠ ŚŲ¦ŁŠŲŒ Ū½ Tathāgata Ś‡ŁˆŲŖŁ‡
Ų³Ś€ Ś©Ų§Ł† Ų“Ų§Ł†ŲÆŲ§Ų± Ų¢Ś» Ų³Ų§Ł†. ŲŖŁ†Ł‡Ł† ŚŖŲ±ŁŠŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ ŲŖŁˆŁ† Ł¾Ų§Ś» Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ś¾Ś™ŁŠ Ų·Ų±Ų­ Ų³Ś©ŁŠŲ§ ŚÆŁ‡Ų±Ų¬ŁŠ: ‘Ų§Ų³Ų§Ł†
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipannaŲŒ sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna Ų±Ł‡Ł†ŲÆŁˆŲŒ ŲŖŁ‡ Dhamma Ų³Ų§Ł†
Ł…Ų·Ų§ŲØŁ‚ Ū¾ Ų±Ł‡Ł†ŲÆŚ™’.

- ‘ŲŖŁˆŁ† ŚŖŲ¬Ł‡Ł‡ ŚŖŲ±Ś» Ł„Ų§Ų”ŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ų§Ś¾Ś™ŁŠ Ų·Ų±Ų­ Ų±ŁˆŁ†Ł…Ų§ ŁæŁŠ Ų³ŚÆŚ¾ŁŠ ŁæŁˆ:’ Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§Ų³ŲŖŲ§ŲÆŁ† Ų¬Łˆ Ł„ŁŲø Ų®ŲŖŁ… ŚŖŲ±ŁŠ Ś‡ŚŁŠŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠŲŒ Ų§ŲŖŁŠ Ł‡Ų§Ś»ŁŠ ŚŖŁˆ ŲØŁ‡ Ł‡ŚŖ Ų§Ų³ŲŖŲ§ŲÆ ‘Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ. Ł¾Ų± Ł‡Ł†ŲŒ ĀnandaŲŒ Ł†Ł‡ŲŒ Ų§Ų¦ŁŠŁ† Ų³Ł…Ų¬Ł‡ŁŠŁˆ ŁæŁˆ ŁˆŚƒŁŠ. ŲŖŁ‡ŲŒ
ĀnandaŲŒ Ų¬Ł†Ł‡Ł† Ł…ŁˆŁ† Ś©ŁŠ Ų³ŁŠŚ©Ų§Ų±ŁŠ Ś‡ŚŁŠŁˆ Ų¢Ł‡ŁŠ Ū½ Dhamma Ū½ Vinaya Ų¬ŁŠ Ų­ŁŠŲ«ŁŠŲŖ Ų³Ų§Ł†
Ų§ŁˆŚ¾Ų§Ł† Ś©ŁŠ Ś„Ų§Ś»ŁŠŲŒ Ł…Ł†Ł‡Ł†Ų¬ŁŠ Ł¾Ų±ŁŠ ŲØŁŠŲŖŁ† Ś©Ų§Ł† Ł¾ŁˆŲ” Ł¾Ł†Ł‡Ł†Ų¬ŁŠ Ų§Ų³ŲŖŲ§ŲÆ ŁæŁŠ ŁˆŁŠŁ†ŲÆŁŠ.


90)   Classical Slovak
90) KlasickĆ½ slovenskĆ½

1921 Mon 11.07.2016

LEKCIA
 
z
INSIGHT-SIETE Online A1 (ProbuzenĆ½ One) Tipitaka Research & Practice University
v obrazovom formƔte (FOA1TRPUVF)
na
Online ElektronickĆ½ vizuĆ”lnej komunikĆ”cie Kurz politolĆ³gie
-Techno-Politicko-Socio TransformƔcia a ekonomickƔ emancipƔcia Movement
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

cez http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

KlasickĆ” budhizmus (Učenie prebudenĆ©ho One s vedomĆ­m) patrĆ­ do sveta, a vÅ”etci majĆŗ vĆ½hradnĆ© prĆ”va: JC

je najviac pozitĆ­vnu energiu informatĆ­vny a vĆ½skum orientovanĆ½ web
Å”Ć­renie učenia prebudenĆ©ho One s vedomĆ­m Budhu a na
Techno-politicko-sociƔlno transformƔcie a ekonomickƔ emancipƔcia hnutia
nasledovanĆ½ miliĆ³ny ľudĆ­ na celom svete v 105 klasickĆ½ch jazykov.

Vykresľovanie presnĆ½ preklad ako ponaučenie z tejto
Univerzita v jednom materinskom jazyku s tĆ½mto Google Preklad a
Å Ć­renie oprĆ”vňuje, aby sa stal Stream Enterer (Sottapanna) a dosiahnuÅ„ večnej blaženosti ako konečnĆ©mu cieľu.
Pali Word a Day na 10. jĆŗla 2016

jambhati - zĆ­vaÅ„, prebudiÅ„ sĆ”m seba, stĆŗpaÅ„, vyÅ”li

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{} VĆ½Åˆatky

- PoslednĆ© inÅ”trukcie -
[Mahā- parinibbāna]

TĆ”to Sutta zhromažďuje rĆ“zne pokyny Buddha dal pre
KvĆ“li jeho nasledovnĆ­kov po jeho odchode, ktorĆ½ robĆ­ to byÅ„ veľmi
dĆ“ležitĆ½ sĆŗbor inÅ”trukciĆ­ pre nĆ”s v dneÅ”nej dobe.

meditačnĆ© centrum sri budhistickĆ© sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta PitƔk

- KĆ“Å” diskurzu -
[Sutta: diŔkurz]

Sutta PitĆ”k obsahuje esenciu Budhovho učenia
pokiaľ ide o Dhamma. Obsahuje viac ako desaÅ„ tisĆ­c suttas. to je
rozdelenĆ” do piatich zbierkach zvanĆ½ch Nikāyas.

Digha-nikƔja
    
[Digha: long] v Digha-nikĆ”ja zhromažďuje 34 z najdlhÅ”Ć­ch
    
diskurz uvedenej Budha. ExistujĆŗ rĆ“zne nĆ”znaky, že veľa
    
z nich sĆŗ neskorĆ© dodatky k pĆ“vodnĆ½m korpusu a pochybnĆ©
    
pravosń.
Majjhima nikƔja
    
[Majjhima: medium] v Majjhima Nikaya zhromažďuje 152 diskurzu Budhu medziproduktu dÄŗžky, ktorĆ© sa zaoberajĆŗ rĆ“znych zĆ”ležitostĆ­.
Samjutta-nikƔja
    
[Samyutta: skupina] v Samyutta Nikaya zhromažďuje suttas
    
v zĆ”vislosti na ich predmetu v 56. podskupĆ­n nazĆ½vanĆ½ch saį¹ƒyuttas. to
    
obsahuje viac ako tri tisĆ­cky diskurzu rĆ“zne dÄŗžky, ale
    
vÅ”eobecne pomerne krĆ”tka.
Anguttara-nikƔja
    
[ANG: faktor | Uttar: na prƭdavnƩ] Anguttara
    
Nikaya je subdivized v jedenĆ”stich podskupĆ­n nazĆ½vanĆ½ch nipātas, každĆ½ z nich
    
zhromažďovanie diskurzu pozostĆ”vajĆŗce z vĆ½počty jednĆ©ho ďalÅ”ieho faktoru
    
proti tĆ½m z precedensu Nipata. Obsahuje tisĆ­ce SĆ¼ttő
    
ktorĆ© sĆŗ vÅ”eobecne krĆ”tke.
Khuddaka nikƔja
    
[Khuddha: krƔtka, malƩ] Tieto krƔtke texty Khuddhaka nikƔja
    
a je považovanĆ½ za byÅ„ zloženĆ½ z dvoch stratas: Dhammapada, udanĆ”,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipata, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā a Jataka tvoria
    
starovekĆ½ch Strata, zatiaľ čo inĆ© knihy sĆŗ neskorĆ© dodatky a ich
    
autenticita je spornĆ”.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{} VĆ½Åˆatky
- PoslednĆ© inÅ”trukcie -
[Mahā- parinibbāna]

TĆ”to Sutta zhromažďuje rĆ“zne pokyny Budha dal kvĆ“li jeho nasledovnĆ­kov
po jeho odchode, ktorĆ½ robĆ­ to byÅ„ veľmi dĆ“ležitĆ½ sĆŗbor inÅ”trukciĆ­ pre
nĆ”s v dneÅ”nej dobe.

PoznĆ”mka: info Ā· bubliny na každĆ© slovo Pali s vĆ½nimkou časti s svetlo zelenej farby pozadia

pali

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
NAMA Dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “Khin-nirayo-MHI
Khin-tiracchāna-yoni Khin-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-Hamas avinipāta-Dhamma niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o”
tich.

Katamo
ca tak, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “Khin-nirayo-MHI
Khin-tiracchāna-yoni Khin-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-Hamas avinipāta-Dhamma niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o “ti?

IDH Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Budha aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Itipi tak bhagavat arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno Sugata
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ Budha
bhagavat ‘tĆ­.

Dham aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Svākkhāto bhagavat Dhamma sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ« ‘tĆ­.

Sangho aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ Cattaro purisayugāni atthe purisapuggalā,
ESA bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiį¹‡eyyo
aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā ‘tĆ­.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato Hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayam
kho tak, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “Khin-nirayo-MHI
Khin-tiracchāna-yoni Khin-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-Hamas avinipāta-Dhamma niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o “tich

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu Sato Hoti? IDHA, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; CĆ­Å„te cittānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evam kho, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu Sato Hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti? IDHA, bhikkhave,

Evam kho, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, Bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« tĆ­.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa śarīram okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, topenia tathāgatassa śarīram
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, topenia tathāgatassa śarÄ«ram
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ananda, ettāvatā TathagĆ”tov sakkato VA Hotim garukato VA Manito VA pÅ«jito VA apacito VA. Yo
kho, Ananda, Bhikkhu VA bhikkhuni VA upƔsaka VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, takže
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti GARUM Karot Manet pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· Oti. Evan Ā· hi, tmel, Ananda, sikkhitabba NTI.

- “Siya kho panva Ā· Anand, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· assa:” Atitech-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi žiadny satthā ‘tĆ­. Na kho panvicu Ā· Etam, Ananda, evam daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo, tmel, Ananda, Maya Dhamma ca Vinaya ca desiÅ„ paƱƱatto, takže vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

Angličtina

(Zrkadlo Dhamma)

Budem
vyložiÅ„ diskurzu o Dhamma, ktorĆ” sa nazĆ½va Dhammādāsa, majĆŗce ktorĆ½ch
ariyasāvaka, ak si to želĆ”, mĆ“Å¾e vyhlĆ”siÅ„ seba: “Pre mňa nie je nič viac
niraya, nič viac tiracchāna-yoni, nič viac pettivisaya, no
viac stav neŔńastie, neŔńastie, utrpenie, som sotāpanna svojou povahou prostĆ© stavov biedy, niektorĆ© byÅ„ predurčenĆ½ k sambodhi.

A
čo Anand, je to, že diÅ”kurz na Dham ktorĆ½ sa nazĆ½va Dhammādāsa, majĆŗce
ktorĆ½ch ariyasāvaka, ak si to želĆ”, mĆ“Å¾e vyhlĆ”siÅ„ seba: “Pre mňa nie je
nič viac niraya, nič viac tiracchāna-yoni, nič viac
pettivisaya, nič viac stav neŔńastie, neŔńastie, utrpenie, som
sotāpanna, od prĆ­rody prostĆ½ stavov biedy, istĆ½ je predurčenĆ½ k
sambodhi?

Tu Ananda, čo ariyasāvaka je obdarenĆ½ Buddha aveccappasāda:

Je obdarenĆ½ Dham aveccappasāda:

Je obdarenĆ½ Sangho aveccappasāda:

Je obdarenĆ½ SilĆ”, ktorĆ” je prĆ­jemnĆ” na ariyas,

To,
Ananda, je pojednanie o Dhamma, ktorĆ” sa nazĆ½va Dhammādāsa, majĆŗce z
ktorĆ½ch ariyasāvaka, ak si to želĆ”, mĆ“Å¾e vyhlĆ”siÅ„ seba: “Pre mňa nie je
nič viac niraya, nič viac tiracchāna-yoni, nič viac pettivisaya
, nič viac stav neŔńastie, neŔńastie, utrpenie, som sotāpanna svojou
povahou prostĆ© stavov biedy, niektorĆ© byÅ„ predurčenĆ½ k sambodhi.

Sato by ste mali zostaÅ„, bhikkhus a sampajānas. To je nĆ”Å” InÅ”truktĆ”Å¾ne na vĆ”s.

A ako, bhikkhus, je Bhikkhu Sato? Tu bhikkhus, je Bhikkhu

Tak bhikkhus, je Bhikkhu Sato. A ako, bhikkhus, je Bhikkhu sampajāna? Tu, bhikkhus,

Bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī Hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī Hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ASITA Pite khāyite Sayi
sampajānakārī Hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī Hoti, brƔnka Thiti
nisinne SĆ¼ttő jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Hoti.

Tak bhikkhus, je Bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato by ste mali zostaÅ„, bhikkhus a sampajānas. To je nĆ”Å” InÅ”truktĆ”Å¾ne na vĆ”s.

- Ananda, dvojčatĆ” Sala stromy sĆŗ v plnom kvete, hoci to nie je sezĆ³na kvetu. A kvetov dĆ”Å¾Ä na tele TathagĆ”tu and drop a rozptyl a sĆŗ roztrĆŗsenĆ© na neho v uctievanie TathagĆ”ta. A
nebeskĆ© koralovĆ© kvety a nebeskĆ½ santalovĆ©ho dreva prĆ”Å”ok z neba dĆ”Å¾Ä
dole na tele TathagĆ”tu a pretiahnutia a rozptyľujĆŗ a sĆŗ roztrĆŗsenĆ© na
neho v uctievanie TathagƔta.
A zvuk nebeskĆ½ch hlasov a nebeskĆ½ch nĆ”strojov robĆ­ hudbu vo vzduchu von z Ćŗcty k TathĆ”gata.

To nie je tĆ½mto Ananda, že TathagĆ”ta je reÅ”pektovanĆ”, uctievanĆ”, vĆ”Å¾enĆ½, zaplatil poctou a ctĆ­. Ale
Ananda každĆ½ Bhikkhu alebo bhikkhuni, laik alebo laywoman, zostĆ”vajĆŗce
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, žijĆŗci v sĆŗlade s Dham,
že jeden reÅ”pektuje, uctieva, vĆ”Å¾i, je poctou a cÅ„ou TathagĆ”ta
sa najviac vynikajĆŗce pocty. Preto Ananda, mali by ste sami trĆ©novaÅ„ takto: “Budeme aj naďalej
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, žijĆŗci v sĆŗlade s
Dham”.

- “Pre niektorĆ½ch z vĆ”s, Ananda, mĆ“Å¾e dĆ“jsÅ„ takto:” SlovĆ” učiteľa skončili, už neexistuje učiteľ “. Ale to, Ananda, by sa nemali považovaÅ„ za tak. To Anand, ktorĆ© som učil a robil znĆ”my k vĆ”m ako Dhamma a Vinaya, bude vĆ”Å” učiteľ po mojom odchode.

91) Classical Slovenian
91) Klasični slovenski

1921 po 11 julij 2016

IZKUÅ NJE
 
iz
INSIGHT-omrežij Free Online A1 (Prebujeni One) Tipiį¹­aka Research & University Practice
v Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
na
Free Online Electronic vizualne komunikacije Tečaj za politologijo
-Techno-Politično-socialno Transformation in ekonomsko Emancipacija Gibanje
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

prek http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Klasična budizem (Učenja prebujene One z Awareness), spadajo v svetu, in vsakdo ima izključne pravice: JC

je najbolj pozitivno energijo informativne in raziskovalno usmerjen
stran razmnoževalnega nauke prebujene One z zavedanja Budo in na
Techno-politično-socialno-preoblikovanju in ekonomsko emancipacijo
Gibanje sledi na milijone ljudi po vsem svetu, v 105 klasičnih jezikov.

Zaradi česar natančnega prevoda kot nauk tega
Univerza v maternem jeziku na to Google Translation in
razmnoževanje pravico, da postane Stream vstopajočega (Sottapanna) in doseči večno blaženost kot končni cilj.
Pali Beseda na dan 10. julij 2016

jambhati - za zehanje, sebe zbuditi, da vzhaja, gredo naprej

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{odlomkov}

- Zadnji navodila -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

Ta Sutta zbira različna navodila je Buda dal za
Zaradi njegovih privržencev po njegovi minevanje, zaradi česar je zelo
Pomemben sklop navodil za nas danes.

meditacija center sri budistični sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- KoŔara diskurzov -
[Sutta: diskurz]

Sutta Piį¹­aka vsebuje bistvo poučevanja Buddhove
glede Dhamme. Vsebuje več kot deset tisoč suttas. je
razdeljen na pet zbirk imenovanih Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: dolgi] The Dīgha Nikāya zbira 34 najdaljŔa
    
diskurzi, ki jih je Buda. Obstajajo različni namigi, da je veliko
    
njimi so pozno dodatki k prvotni korpusa in z vpraŔljivo
    
avtentičnost.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: srednje] The Majjhima Nikāya zbira 152 diskurze Bude vmesne dolžine, ki se ukvarjajo z različnimi zadevami.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: skupina] The Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya zbira suttas
    
glede na njihov predmet v 56 podskupin imenovanih saį¹ƒyuttas. to
    
vsebuje več kot tri tisoč diskurze različno dolga, vendar
    
na sploŔno relativno kratek.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[SLO: faktor | Uttara: additionnal] The Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya je subdivized v enajstih podskupin imenovanih nipātas, vsak od njih
    
zbiranje diskurzov, ki so sestavljeni iz vrednotenj enega dodatnega dejavnika
    
v primerjavi s tistimi prejŔnjim nipāta. Vsebuje na tisoče suttas
    
ki so običajno kratka.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[khuddha: kratka, mala] The Khuddhaka Nikāya kratka besedila
    
in se Ŕteje, da je bila sestavljena iz dveh stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā in Jātaka tvorijo
    
starodavno razredov, medtem ko druge knjige so pozno dodatki in njihove
    
Pristnost je bolj vpraŔljiva.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{odlomkov}
- Zadnji navodila -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

Ta Sutta zbira različne navodila Buda dal zavoljo njegovih privržencev
po njegovi smrti, stran, zaradi česar je zelo pomemben sklop navodil za
nas danes.

Opomba: info Ā· mehurčki na vsakem Pali besede, razen v razdelku s svetlo zeleno barvo ozadja

pali

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
Nama Dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o”
ti.

Katamo
ca tako, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o “ti?

IDH Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Itipi tako bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ Buddho
bhagavā” ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Svākkhāto bhagavata dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«” ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

“Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā” ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato Hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayam
kho tako, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: “khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o “ti

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato Hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA Hoti garukato VA Manito VA pūjito va apacito Va. Yo
kho, Ananda, bhikkhu va bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, tako
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· hi vo, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- “Siyā kho pan Ā· Ananda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· ASSA:” atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi ne satthā “ti. Na kho pan Ā· Etam, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo vo, Ananda, Maya Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paƱƱatto, zato vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

angleŔčina

(Mirror Dhamme)

Bom
razložiti diskurz o Dhamme ki se imenuje Dhammādāsa, imela katere
ariyasāvaka, če tako želi, lahko izjavi, o sebi: “Za mene ni več niraya,
nič več tiracchāna-yoni, nič več pettivisaya, ne
več stanje nesrečo, od nesreče, bede, sem sotāpanna s prostim iz držav bede, nekatere, da so namenjeni za sambodhi narave.

In
kaj, Ananda, je, da je diskurz o Dhamme ki se imenuje Dhammādāsa, imela
katere ariyasāvaka, če tako želi, lahko izjavi, o sebi: “Za mene ni več
niraya, nič več tiracchāna-yoni, ni več
pettivisaya, ni več stanje nesrečo, od nesreče, bede, sem sotāpanna,
po naravi brez državah bede, nekateri so namenjeni za sambodhi?

Tukaj, Ananda, se ariyasāvaka obdarjen z Buddhe aveccappasāda:

Bil je obdarjen z Dhamme aveccappasāda:

Bil je obdarjen z Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

Bil je obdarjen z Sila, ki je sprejemljiv za ariyas,

To,
Ananda, je diskurz o Dhamme, ki se imenuje Dhammādāsa, imela katere
ariyasāvaka, če tako želi, lahko izjavi, o sebi: “Za mene ni več niraya,
nič več tiracchāna-yoni, nič več pettivisaya
, ni več stanje nesrečo, od nesreče, bede, sem sotāpanna s prostim iz držav bede, nekatere, da so namenjeni za sambodhi narave.

Sato bi morali ostati, bhikkhus in sampajānas. To je naŔa intruction za vas.

In kako, bhikkhus, je bhikkhu Sato? Tukaj bhikkhus, A bhikkhu

Tako, bhikkhus, je bhikkhu Sato. In kako, bhikkhus, je bhikkhu sampajāna? Tukaj, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī Hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī Hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, asite pite khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, gate į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Hoti.

Tako bhikkhus, je bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato bi morali ostati, bhikkhus in sampajānas. To je naŔa intruction za vas.

- Ananda, dvojna sala drevesa so v polnem razcvetu, čeprav to ni sezona cvetenja. In cvetovi dež ob telesu Tathagata in spusti in razprŔevanja in so posuta na njem v čaŔčenju Tathagata. In
nebesna koralnih cvetje in nebeŔko sandalovina prah iz neba dež navzdol
ob telesu Tathagata in spusti in razprŔevanje in so posuta na njem v
čaŔčenju Tathagata.
In zvok nebeŔkih glasov in nebeŔkih instrumentov naredi glasbo v zraku iz spoŔtovanja za Tathagata.

Ni s tem, Ananda, da je Tathāgata spoŔtovati, ceniti, cenjen, plača homage in počaŔčen. Ampak,
Ananda, vsaka bhikkhu ali bhikkhuni, laik ali laywoman, preostali
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ki živijo v skladu z
Dhamme, da ena spoŔtuje, časti, esteems, pokloni in časti Tathāgata
z najbolj odlično poklon. Zato, Ananda, ki jih je treba usposobiti sami tako: “Ostali bomo
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ki živijo v skladu z
Dhammo”.

- “Za nekatere od vas, Ananda, se lahko zgodi, torej:” Besede Učitelja končan, ni več učitelja. Toda to, Ananda, ne sme obravnavati tako. Da, Ananda, ki sem jih učil in oznanil, da vas kot Dhammi in Vinaya, bo vaÅ” učitelj po mojem minevanje.

92)  Classical Somali

92) Qadiimiga ah Soomaali

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

KOORSOOYINKA
 
ka
Aragti-kadda Free Online A1 (toosay One) Tipiį¹­aka Research & Practice University
in Format Visual (FOA1TRPUVF)
on
Free Online Electronic Course Isgaarsiinta Visual on Cilmiga Siyaasadda
Badalka -Techno-Politico-Bulsheedka iyo Dhaqaalaha madaxbannaanida Movement
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

iyada oo http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Qadiimiga ah Budhiism (Tacaaliintii Kan toosay la Awareness) waxaa
iska leh dunida, iyo qof walba waxay leeyihiin xuquuq gaar ah: JC

waa kuwa ugu wanaagsan Energy ee wargelin ah iyo cilmi-site u
janjeedha faafinayeen waxbaristii Kan toosay la Awareness ku Buddha iyo
Tiknoolijiyada-Politico-Bulsheedka Badalka iyo Dhaqaalaha
madaxbannaanida dhaqdhaqaaqa raacay by malaayiin qof oo dunida oo dhan
in 105 luqadood Qadiimiga ah.

Haya’ad turjumidda saxda ah sida waano of this
Jaamacadda ka mid ah ayaa afka hooyo in this Google Translation iyo
faafinta xaq u noqday Stream Enterer ah (Sottapanna) iyo inay gaadhaan daa’imka Naciima sida Goal a Final.
Pāli Word Day for a July 10, 2016

jambhati - in ay isku listaa, in layska toosin, inay kacaan, bixi

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Hadalladii}

- The tilmaamaha la soo dhaafay -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta Tani ururiyaa tilmaamaha kala duwan Buddha siiyey ee
aawadiis ee dadka taabacsan ka dib markii uu iska marayay, taas oo ka dhigaysa waxay noqon mid aad u a
set muhiimka ah ee tilmaamaha noo maalmahan.

xarunta fikirka sambodhi Buddhist Sri

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- Dambiil ah ee Doodda -
[Sutta: hadal]

Sutta Piį¹­aka ku jira nuxurka waxbaridda Buddha ee
ku saabsan Dhamma ah. Waxaa ku jira in ka badan toban kun oo suttas. waa
qaybsameen shan ururin yeedhay Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: dheer] Dīgha Nikāya The ururiyaa 34 of dheer
    
Doodda siiyo by Buddha ah. Waxaa jira tilmaamo kala duwan in badan oo ka mid ah
    
iyaga waa lagu daro danbe in gulkroppshormon asalka iyo su’aal
    
xaqiiq tahay.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: dhexdhexaad] Majjhima Nikāya The ururiyaa 152 Doodda ah Buddha dherer dhexe, wax ka qabashada arrimaha kala duwan.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: group] Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya The ururiyaa suttas ah
    
siday u kala dambeeyaan in 56-kooxaha sub loo yaqaan saį¹ƒyuttas. Waxaa
    
waxaa ku jira in ka badan saddex kun oo Doodda dhererka variable, laakiin
    
guud ahaan gaaban.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Aį¹…g: factor | uttara: additionnal] Aį¹…guttara The
    
Nikāya waxaa subdivized in kow iyo kooxo-hoosaadyada yeedhay nipātas, mid kasta oo iyaga ka mid ah
    
ururinta Doodda ka kooban enumerations of hal arrin oo dheeraad ah
    
kuwa ka soo horjeeday ee nipāta tusaale ah. Waxaa ku jira kumanyaalka reer suttas
    
kuwaas oo guud ahaan gaaban.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: gaaban, yar] The qoraalka Khuddhaka Nikāya gaaban
    
oo waxaa loo arkaa sida loo ka kooban laba stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā iyo Jātaka sameeyaan ka
    
ceegaagta hore, halka buugaag kale oo jira lagu daro soo daahay oo ay
    
xaqiiq tahay waa ka badan su’aal.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Hadalladii}
- The tilmaamaha la soo dhaafay -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta Tani ururiyaa tilmaamaha kala duwan Buddha siiyey aawadood oo ah
kuwa uu ka dib markii uu maraayay iska, taas oo ka dhigaysa waxay noqon
set aad u muhiim ah tilmaamaha noo maalmahan.

Fiiro gaar ah: info Ā· goobooyin on eray walba Pali marka laga reebo qaybta leh midabka asalka cagaar khafiif ah

Pāįø·i

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nāma dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Isreal khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ti.

Katamo
CA sidaas, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Isreal khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti?

Idh Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi si bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, ESA bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

kho
Ayaį¹ƒ sidaas, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Isreal khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu SATO hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ātāpÄ« sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu SATO hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Taani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Taani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato VA VA mānito pūjito VA apacito VA. Yo
kho, Ananda, bhikkhu VA VA bhikkhunī upāsako VA VA upāsikā
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, si
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, pÅ«jāya
paramāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· Oti. Evan Ā· hi vo, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siyā digsiga kho Ā· Ananda, evam tumhākaį¹ƒ Ā· assa:’ pāvacanaį¹ƒ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ, natthi satthā maya ‘ti. Na digsiga kho Ā· Ceetaam, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo vo, Ananda, Maya Dhammo Vinayo lawada paƱƱatto desito ca, si vo MAM Ā· satthā accayena.

English

(The Mirror ee Dhamma ah)

Waxaan
sharraxaadda doonaa hadalkiina on Dhamma oo la odhan jiray Dhammādāsa,
jinnoolihii oo ariyasāvaka ah, haddii uu sidaa doonayo, sheegi kara
naftiisa: “Aniga ahaan, waxaa jira niraya mar dambe ma, mar dambe ma
tiracchāna-Isreal, pettivisaya mar dambe ma, ma
gobolka more of farxad, oo uxun, ee murugo, waxaan ahay sotāpanna ah,
ay dabiicadda ka xor ah dalalka of murugo, qaar ka mid ah la Qaddarray
sambodhi.

Waa
maxay, Ananda, waa hadal in on Dhamma oo la odhan jiray Dhammādāsa,
jinnoolihii oo ariyasāvaka ah, haddii uu sidaa doonayo, sheegi kara
naftiisa: “Aniga ahaan, waxaa jira niraya mar dambe ma, mar dambe ma
tiracchāna-Isreal, mar dambe ma
pettivisaya, gobolka no more of farxad, oo uxun, ee murugo, waxaan
ahay sotāpanna ah, ay dabiicadda ka xor ah dalalka of murugo, qaar ka
mid ah la Qaddarray sambodhi?

Halkan, Ananda, ariyasāvaka la fadilnaa aveccappasāda Buddhe:

Waxa uu ka fadilnaa aveccappasāda Dhamme:

Waxa uu ka fadilnaa aveccappasāda Saį¹…ghe:

Waxa uu ka fadilnaa sīla ah taas oo u fudud ariyas ah,

Tani,
Ananda, waa hadal ku Dhamma oo la odhan jiray Dhammādāsa, jinnoolihii
oo ariyasāvaka ah, haddii uu sidaa doonayo, sheegi kara naftiisa: “Aniga
ahaan, waxaa jira niraya mar dambe ma, mar dambe ma tiracchāna-Isreal,
pettivisaya mar dambe ma
, gobolka no more of farxad, oo uxun, ee murugo, waxaan ahay sotāpanna
ah, ay dabiicadda ka xor ah dalalka of murugo, qaar ka mid ah la
Qaddarray sambodhi.

Sato waa in aad sii, bhikkhus, iyo sampajānas. Tani waa intruction aannu idiin nimid.

Badanaa, bhikkhus, waa bhikkhu SATO? Halkan, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu

Sidaas darteed, bhikkhus, waa SATO bhikkhu ah. Badanaa, bhikkhus, waa sampajāna bhikkhu ah? Halkan, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« hoti, iridda į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

Sidaas darteed, bhikkhus, waa sampajāna bhikkhu ah. Sato waa in aad sii, bhikkhus, iyo sampajānas. Tani waa intruction aannu idiin nimid.

- Ananda, geedaha Sala mataanaha yihiin ee ubaxyada buuxa, in kastoo aan la xilli of ubax. Roobkii ubaxeed ku dul jidhka Tathagata iyo dhibic kala firdhi oo ay ka mamnuuceen ku dul cibaadada of Tathagata ah. Oo
ubaxa shacaab samadu iyo budada sandalwood jannada ka soo dajinnay
samada ka soo degtay jidhka Tathagata sii jeedi, oo kala firdhi oo ay ka
mamnuuceen ku dul cibaadada of Tathagata ah.
Oo sanqadhii codad jannada iyo alaabtii jannada ka dhigaysa music hawada ka baxay maamuustaan, waayo, Tathagata ah.

Ma aha by this, Ananda, in Tathāgata la ixtiraamo, waxa qadarin, sharafta lahaa, sujuuday, oo sharaf badan. Laakiin,
Ananda, bhikkhu kasta ama bhikkhuni, xirfad laawe ama laywoman, hartay
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ku nool waafaqsan
Dhamma ah, in mid ka mid eego, wayneeya, esteems, bixisa caabudeen, oo
maamuusaan Tathāgata ah
la qadarin ugu fiican. Sidaa darteed, Ananda, waa in aad Naftiinna sidaas tababar: “Waxaan
sii joogi doonaa dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, ku
nool waafaqsan Dhamma ah ‘.

-
‘Si qaar idinka mid ah, Ananda, waxaa laga yaabaa in sidaas dhacaan:
“waa erayadii Macallinka ayaa ku dhamaatay, mar dambe ma ay jirto
Macallimow ah’.
Laakiin tani, Ananda, waa in aan, sidaas la tixgeliyo. Taasi,
Ananda, kaas oo aan wax baray oo ogeysiiyey in aad sida ugu Dhamma iyo
Vinaya ah, wuxuu kuu noqon doonaa Macallimow ka dib markii aan iska
marayay.



93) Classical Spanish

93) EspaƱola ClƔsica

1921 lun 11 Jul el aƱo 2016

LECCIONES
 
de
INSIGHT-NET gratuito en lĆ­nea A1 (Despierto) Tipitaka InvestigaciĆ³n y PrĆ”ctica de la Universidad
en Visual Formato (FOA1TRPUVF)
en
Curso gratis de ComunicaciĆ³n Visual electrĆ³nica en lĆ­nea en Ciencias PolĆ­ticas
TransformaciĆ³n -Techno-polĆ­tico-socio y el Movimiento de EmancipaciĆ³n EconĆ³mica
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

a travƩs de http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

ClƔsica budismo (EnseƱanzas del Despierto Con conciencia) pertenecen al mundo, y todo el mundo tiene los derechos exclusivos: JC

es la mƔs positiva de la energƭa del informativo y sitio de
investigaciĆ³n orientada a la propagaciĆ³n de las enseƱanzas del Despierto
con la conciencia de Buda y el Techno-polĆ­tico-socio TransformaciĆ³n y
el Movimiento de EmancipaciĆ³n EconĆ³mica seguido por millones de personas
en todo el mundo en 105 lenguas clƔsicas.

Rendering traducciĆ³n exacta como una lecciĆ³n de esta
Universidad en la lengua materna a este y Google Traductor
propagaciĆ³n da derecho a convertirse en una corriente Enterer (Sottapanna) y alcanzar la felicidad eterna como una meta final.
Pāli palabra al dƭa durante 10 de julio de, el aƱo 2016

jambhati - bostezar, para despertar a uno mismo, a levantarse, ir adelante

">DN 16 (ii D 137)

Mahaparinibbana Sutta

{} extractos

- Las Ćŗltimas instrucciones -
[Mahā- Parinibbana]

Este sutta reĆŗne diversas instrucciones del Buda dio para el
bien de sus seguidores despuƩs de su fallecimiento, lo que hace que sea una muy
importante conjunto de instrucciones para nosotros hoy en dĆ­a.

centro de meditaciĆ³n budista Sri sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- La cesta de discursos -
[Sutta: discurso]

El Sutta Piį¹­aka contiene la esencia de la enseƱanza del Buda
en relaciĆ³n con el Dhamma. Contiene mĆ”s de diez mil suttas. Es
dividida en cinco colecciones llamadas Nikayas.

DÄ«gha NikĆ ya
    
[DÄ«gha: long] El DÄ«gha NikĆ ya reĆŗne a 34 de los mĆ”s largos
    
discursos dados por el Buda. Hay varios indicios de que muchos de
    
ellos son adiciones a finales del corpus original y de dudosa
    
autenticidad.
majjhima NikĆ ya
    
[Majjhima: medium] El Majjhima Nikaya con 152 discursos del Buda de longitud intermedia, que trata de diversos asuntos.
saį¹yutta NikĆ ya
    
[Saį¹yutta: Grupo] El Samyutta Nikaya reĆŗne los suttas
    
de acuerdo con su objeto en 56 subgrupos llamados saį¹yuttas. Eso
    
contiene mƔs de tres mil discursos de longitud variable, pero
    
en general relativamente corto.
Anguttara NikĆ ya
    
[Ang: Factor | uttara: additionnal] El Anguttara
    
Nikāya se subdivized en once subgrupos llamados nipātas, cada uno de ellos
    
la recopilaciĆ³n de discursos que consisten en enumeraciones de un factor adicional
    
en comparaciĆ³n con los de la nipāta precedente. Contiene miles de suttas
    
los cuales son generalmente cortos.
Khuddaka NikĆ ya
    
[khuddha: corta, pequeƱas] Los textos breves Khuddhaka nikaya
    
y se considera como estado compuesta por dos estratos: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Suttanipāta, Theragatha-Therigatha y forman la Jātaka
    
antigua estratos, mientras que otros libros son adiciones finales de los aƱos y su
    
la autenticidad es mƔs cuestionable.

">DN 16 (ii D 137)
Mahaparinibbana Sutta
{} extractos
- Las Ćŗltimas instrucciones -
[Mahā- Parinibbana]

Este sutta reĆŗne diversas instrucciones del Buda dio para el bien de
sus seguidores despuƩs de su fallecimiento, lo que hace que sea un
conjunto muy importante de las instrucciones para nosotros hoy en dĆ­a.

Nota: InformaciĆ³n Ā· burbujas en cada palabra Pali excepto en la secciĆ³n con fondo de color verde claro

Pāįø·i

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nāma dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attanam Bya-kareyya: ‘khĆ®nĆ¢-nirayo-mhi
khĆ®nĆ¢-tiracchāna-yoni khĆ®nĆ¢-pettivisayo Khin Ā· APAYA-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ti.

Katamo
ca asƭ, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attanam Bya-kareyya: ‘khĆ®nĆ¢-nirayo-mhi
khĆ®nĆ¢-tiracchāna-yoni khĆ®nĆ¢-pettivisayo Khin Ā· APAYA-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti?

Idh Ā· ānanda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hotii:

‘Itipi por lo Bhagava Araham sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidu anuttaro purisadammasārathi Sattha devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
Bhagava’ ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hotii:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko Ehipassiko opaneyyiko Paccattam veditabbo viƱƱuhi’ ti.

Sanghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hotii:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni attha purisapuggalā,
ESA bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiį¹‡eyyo
aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ Lokassa’ ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hotii

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayam
Kho asƭ, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attanam Bya-kareyya: ‘khĆ®nĆ¢-nirayo-mhi
khĆ®nĆ¢-tiracchāna-yoni khĆ®nĆ¢-pettivisayo Khin Ā· APAYA-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, monje sato Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, monje

Sato, bhikkhave, monje vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satima, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

EvĆ”m Kho, bhikkhave, monje sato Hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, monje sampajāno Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

EvĆ”m Kho, bhikkhave, monje sampajāno Hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, monje vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā Kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa Å›Ć”rÄ«ram okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa Å›Ć”rÄ«ram
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa Å›Ć”rÄ«ram okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na Kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato vā hotii garukato vā manito vā pūjito vā apacito Va. Yo
Kho, Ananda, el monje vā Bhikkhuni vā upāsako vā upasika vā
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, por lo
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti Garum karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· ānanda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· OTI. Evan Ā· hi vo, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siya de Kho bandeja Ā· ānanda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· ASSA:’ pāvacanaį¹ƒ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ, natthi sin Sattha ‘ti. Na Kho bandeja Ā· ETAM, Ananda, evĆ”m daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo vo, Ananda, Maya Dhammo ca ca Vinayo paƱƱatto desito, por lo vo mam Ā· accayena Sattha.

InglƩs

(El espejo del Dhamma)

Voy
a exponer el discurso sobre el Dhamma que se llama Dhammādāsa, poseƭdo
de los cuales el ariyasāvaka, si asƭ lo desea, puede declarar de sƭ
mismo: “Para mĆ­, no hay mĆ”s niraya, no mĆ”s tiracchāna-yoni, no mĆ”s
pettivisaya, sin
mƔs estado de infelicidad, de la desgracia, de la miseria, soy un
Sotapanna, por la naturaleza de los estados libres de la miseria, de ser
ciertos destinado a sambodhi.

Y
lo que, Ananda, es que el discurso sobre el Dhamma que se llama
Dhammādāsa, poseƭdo por el cual el ariyasāvaka, si asƭ lo desea, puede
declarar de sĆ­ mismo: “Para mĆ­, no hay mĆ”s niraya, no mĆ”s
tiracchāna-yoni, no mƔs
pettivisaya, no mƔs estado de infelicidad, de la desgracia, de la
miseria, soy un Sotapanna, por la naturaleza de los estados libres de la
miseria, seguro de ser destinado a sambodhi?

Aquƭ, Ananda, un ariyasāvaka estƔ dotado de Buddhe aveccappasāda:

EstƔ dotado con Dhamme aveccappasāda:

EstƔ dotado con Sanghe aveccappasāda:

EstĆ” dotado con un sila que es agradable a los ariyas,

Esto,
Ananda, es el discurso sobre el Dhamma que se llama Dhammādāsa, poseƭdo
por el cual el ariyasāvaka, si asƭ lo desea, puede declarar de sƭ
mismo: “Para mĆ­, no hay mĆ”s niraya, no mĆ”s tiracchāna-yoni, no mĆ”s
pettivisaya
, no mƔs estado de infelicidad, de la desgracia, de la miseria, soy un
Sotapanna, por la naturaleza de los estados libres de la miseria, de
ser ciertos destinado a sambodhi.

Sato debe usted permanecer, monjes, y sampajānas. Este es nuestro Intruction a usted.

Y cĆ³mo, monjes, el monje es sato? AquĆ­, monjes, el monje

Por lo tanto, monjes, es un sato monje. Y cĆ³mo, monjes, es un sampajāna monje? AquĆ­, monjes,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī Hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī Hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, asite PITE khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī Hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī Hoti, puerta Thite
nisinne Sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Hoti.

Por lo tanto, monjes, es un sampajāna monje. Sato debe usted permanecer, monjes, y sampajānas. Este es nuestro Intruction a usted.

- Ananda, los Ć”rboles Sala gemelas estĆ”n en plena floraciĆ³n, aunque no es la temporada de floraciĆ³n. Y la lluvia flores sobre el cuerpo del Tathagata y soltar y dispersiĆ³n y estĆ”n esparcidos sobre ella en el culto del Tathagata. Y
flores de coral celestes y polvo de sƔndalo celestial del cielo la
lluvia abajo sobre el cuerpo del Tathagata, y caen y se dispersan y se
derraman sobre ella en el culto del Tathagata.
Y el sonido de voces celestiales e instrumentos celestiales hace mĆŗsica en el aire en el temor de que el Tathagata.

No es por esto, Ananda, que el Tathagata es respetado, venerado, estimado, homenaje y honrado. Pero,
Ananda, un bhikkhu o bhikkhunī, laico o laica, que queda
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, vivir de acuerdo con el
Dhamma, que se respeta, venera, estima, rinde homenaje, y rinde
homenaje a la Tathāgata
con la mĆ”s excelente homenaje. Por lo tanto, Ananda, que debe entrenarse asĆ­: ‘Vamos a seguir siendo
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, viviendo de acuerdo con
el Dhamma “.

-
“Para algunos de ustedes, Ananda, que se puede producir de este modo:”
Las palabras del Maestro han terminado, ya no es un maestro “.
Pero esto, Ananda, no deberĆ­a, por lo que se considera.
Eso, Ananda, que he enseƱado y dado a conocer como el Dhamma y el Vinaya, serƔ su maestro despuƩs de mi fallecimiento.



94)  Classical Sudanese

94) Klasik Sunda

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

palajaran
 
ti
Wawasan-NET- Free Online A1 (Awakened Salah) Tipiį¹­aka Research & University Praktek
di Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
dina
Free Online Electronic Kursus Komunikasi Visual dina Ɖlmu Pulitik
-Techno-Politico-sosio Transformasi jeung Gerakan Emansipasi Ɖkonomi
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

ngaliwatan http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

HTTPS: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Budha klasik (ajaran Awakened Hiji jeung Kasadaran) kagolong kana dunya, jeung dulur boga hak ekslusif: JC

paling positif Ć©nergi ti informatif jeung loka panalungtikan
berorientasi megat ajaran Awakened Hiji jeung Kasadaran nu Buddha jeung
dina Techno-Politico-sosio Transformasi jeung Gerakan Emansipasi Ɖkonomi
dituturkeun ku jutaan jalma di sakuliah dunya dina 105 basa Klasik.

Ngajadikeun panarjamahan pasti salaku palajaran ieu
Universitas dina hiji sacara basa ibu anu ka Google Tarjamahan ieu
rambatan entitles pikeun jadi Populated place Enterer (Sottapanna) jeung attain abadi Bliss salaku Goal Final.
Palimanan Kecap a PoƩ keur Juli 10, 2016

jambhati - to heuay, pikeun awaken muka diri, naek, buka mudik

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Excerpts}

- Nu parentah pamungkas -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta Ieu gathers rupa parentah nu Buddha mƩrƩ pikeun
demi pengikut-Na sanggeus-Na ngalirkeun jauh, nu ngajadikeun eta jadi kacida
set penting parentah pikeun urang Kiwari.

puseur tapa sri sambodhi Budha

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Piį¹­aka

- Nu karinjang tina discourses -
[Sutta: wacana]

Nu Sutta Piį¹­aka ngandung hakekat pangajaran Buddha sacara
ngeunaan Dhamma. Ieu ngandung leuwih ti sapuluh rebu suttas. Ieu
dibagi lima kumpulan disebut Nikāyas.

Dīgha Nikāya
    
[Dīgha: lila] Nu Dīgha Nikāya gathers 34 tina pangpanjangna
    
discourses dibikeun ku Buddha. Aya rupa-rupa petunjuk nu loba
    
antarana anu tambahan ahir ka korpus asli sarta questionable
    
kaaslian.
Majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: medium] Nu Majjhima Nikāya gathers 152 discourses tina Buddha panjang panengah, kaayaan urusan rupa-rupa.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: group] Nu Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya gathers nu suttas
    
nurutkeun subjĆ©k maranĆ©hanana di 56 sub-gugus disebut saį¹ƒyuttas. Ieu
    
ngandung leuwih ti tilu rebu discourses variabel panjang, tapi
    
umumna relatif pondok.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Ang: faktor | uttara: additionnal] Nu Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya ieu subdivized di sabelas sub-gugus disebut nipātas, unggal di antarana
    
ngumpul discourses diwangun ku enumerations hiji faktor tambahan
    
versus pamadegan nu nipāta precedent. Ieu ngandung rƩbuan suttas
    
nu umumna pondok.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[Khuddha: pondok, leutik] Nu Khuddhaka Nikāya teks pondok
    
sarta dianggap salaku geus diwangun ku dua stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā jeung Jātaka ngabentuk
    
strata kuna, sedengkeun buku sejenna mangrupakeun tambahan kasep jeung maranƩhanana
    
kaaslian leuwih questionable.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Excerpts}
- Nu parentah pamungkas -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta Ieu gathers rupa parentah nu Buddha mƩrƩ demi pengikut-Na
sanggeus lulus-Na jauh, nu ngajadikeun eta jadi set pohara penting
parƩntah pikeun urang Kiwari.

Catetan: info Ā· gelembung dina unggal kecap Pali iwal dina bagian jeung warna tukang hĆ©jo ngora

Palimanan

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nāma dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
Ti.

Katamo
meni kitu, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti?

Idh Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Itipi jadi bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ Ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ Ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ Ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

kho
Ayaį¹ƒ kitu, Ananda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ byā-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-mhi
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-Yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘Ti

Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato hoti. Katha Ā· Ʊca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaį¹ƒ vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« Ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA hoti garukato VA mānito VA pūjito VA apacito VA. kho
Mang, Ananda, bhikkhu VA bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, jadi
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· oti. Evan Ā· hi vo, Ananda, sikkhitabba nti.

- ‘Siyā kho pan Ā· Ananda, evam tumhākaį¹ƒ Ā· assa:’ pāvacanaį¹ƒ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ, natthi no satthā ‘Ti. Na kho pan Ā· etaį¹ƒ, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. vo Mang, Ananda, Maya Dhammo meni Vinayo ca desito paƱƱatto, jadi vo mam Ā· satthā accayena.

Inggris

(The Eunteung tina Dhamma)

Kuring
bakal expound wacana dina Dhamma nu disebut Dhammādāsa, kasurupan nu
ariyasāvaka, lamun manƩhna jadi kahayang, bisa dibewarakeun dirina:
‘Abdi aya leuwih niraya, no leuwih tiracchāna-Yoni, no leuwih
pettivisaya, no
leuwih kaayaan unhappiness, tina misfortune, tina kasangsaraan, Kami
sotāpanna a, ku alam leupas ti nagara tina kasangsaraan, tangtu keur
Linggarjati ka sambodhi.

Jeung
naon, Ananda, nyaeta wacana dina Dhamma nu disebut Dhammādāsa,
kasurupan nu ariyasāvaka, lamun manƩhna jadi kahayang, bisa dibewarakeun
dirina: ‘Abdi aya leuwih niraya, no leuwih tiracchāna-Yoni, no more
pettivisaya, no leuwih kaayaan unhappiness, tina misfortune, tina
kasangsaraan, Kami sotāpanna a, ku alam leupas ti nagara tina
kasangsaraan, tangtu keur Linggarjati ka sambodhi?

Di dieu, Ananda, hiji ariyasāvaka ieu endowed jeung Buddhe aveccappasāda:

ManƩhna endowed jeung Dhamme aveccappasāda:

ManĆ©hna endowed jeung Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

ManƩhna endowed jeung sīla nu agreeable ka ariyas,

Ieu,
Ananda, nyaƩta wacana dina Dhamma nu disebut Dhammādāsa, kasurupan nu
ariyasāvaka, lamun manƩhna jadi kahayang, bisa dibewarakeun dirina:
‘Abdi aya leuwih niraya, no leuwih tiracchāna-Yoni, no leuwih
pettivisaya
, taya deui kaayaan unhappiness, tina misfortune, tina kasangsaraan,
Kami sotāpanna a, ku alam leupas ti nagara tina kasangsaraan, tangtu
keur Linggarjati ka sambodhi.

Sato kudu tetep, bhikkhus, sarta sampajānas. Ieu intruction urang ka anjeun.

Jeung kumaha, bhikkhus, nyaeta bhikkhu Sato? Di dieu, bhikkhus, hiji bhikkhu

Ku kituna, bhikkhus, nyaeta Sato bhikkhu. Jeung kumaha, bhikkhus, nyaeta sampajāna bhikkhu? Di dieu, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« hoti, asite pÄ«te khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gerbang
į¹­hite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« hoti.

Ku kituna, bhikkhus, nyaeta sampajāna bhikkhu. Sato kudu tetep, bhikkhus, sarta sampajānas. Ieu intruction urang ka anjeun.

- Ananda, tangkal Sala kembar aya di mekar pinuh, sanajan teu usum ngembang. Jeung blossoms hujan kana awak Tathagata jeung teundeun jeung paburencay sarta strewn kana dina ibadah tina Tathagata. Jeung
kembang karang celestial jeung sawarga sandalwood powder ti langit
hujan turun kana awak Tathagata, jeung leupaskeun jeung paburencay sarta
strewn kana dina ibadah tina Tathagata.
Jeung sora voices sawarga jeung instrumen sawarga ngajadikeun musik dina hawa nu kaluar tina reverence pikeun Tathagata.

Teu ku ieu, Ananda, yen Tathāgata ieu dimangfaatkeun, venerated, esteemed, dibayar ngajenan jeung ngahormatan. Tapi,
Ananda, naon bhikkhu atawa bhikkhuni, awam atawa laywoman, sƩsana
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, hirup luyu jeung
Dhamma, nu hiji ngahormat, venerates, esteems, bayaran ngajenan, sarta
honors nu Tathāgata
jeung ngajenan paling alus teuing. Ku alatan Ć©ta, Ananda, Anjeun kudu ngalatih yourselves sahingga: ‘Kami
baris tetep dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, hirup luyu
jeung Dhamma’.

- ‘Pikeun sababaraha anjeun, Ananda, nya meureun lumangsung sahingga:’ Nu kecap Guru nu geus rĆ©ngsĆ©, teu aya deui a Guru ‘. Tapi ieu, Ananda, kudu henteu, bisa jadi dianggap. Ɖta,
Ananda, nu geus diajarkeun jeung dijieun dipikawanoh ka anjeun salaku
Dhamma jeung Vinaya, bakal Guru Anjeun saatos mah ngalirkeun jauh.



95)  Classical Swahili

95) Classical Kiswahili

1921 Mon 11 Jul 2016

MASOMO
 
kutoka
INSIGHT-Net- Free Online A1 (Awakened One) Tipiį¹­aka Utafiti & Mazoezi Chuo Kikuu
katika Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
juu ya
Bure Online Electronic Visual Communication kozi juu ya Sayansi ya Siasa
-Techno-Politico-kijamii na Transformation and Economic Emancipation Movement
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

kupitia http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Classical Buddhism (Mafundisho ya Awakened One na Uelewa) ni mali ya dunia, na kila mtu na haki za kipekee: JC

ni zaidi Positive Energy wa taarifa na utafiti oriented tovuti kueneza
mafundisho ya One Awakened na Uelewa Buddha na juu ya
Techno-Politico-kijamii na Transformation and Economic Emancipation
Movement ikifuatiwa na mamilioni ya watu duniani kote katika lugha 105
Classical.

Utoaji tafsiri halisi kama somo la hii
Chuo Kikuu katika ulimi moja ya mama kwenda kwa hii tafsiri Google na
uenezi inawapa kuwa mkondo Enterer (Sottapanna) na kufikia Eternal Bliss kama Goal Mwisho.
Pali Neno Day kwa Julai 10, 2016

jambhati - wa miayo, kuamsha mwenyewe, kupanda, atatoka

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{Sammandrag}

- Maelekezo mwisho -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta hii inakusanya maelekezo mbalimbali Buddha alitoa kwa
ajili ya wafuasi wake baada ya kufariki kwake, ambayo inafanya kuwa kuwa sana
muhimu seti ya maelekezo kwa ajili yetu siku hizi.

kituo cha kutafakari sri Wabuda sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Pltaka

- Kikapu ya hotuba -
[Sutta: mjadala]

Sutta Pltaka ina kiini cha mafundisho ya Buddha
kuhusu Dhamma. Ina suttas zaidi ya elfu kumi. ni
kugawanywa katika makusanyo tano inayoitwa Nikāyas.

Digha Nikaya
    
[Digha: muda] Digha Nikaya inakusanya 34 ya muda mrefu zaidi
    
porojo uliotolewa na Buddha. Kuna mwanga mbalimbali kwamba wengi wa
    
wao ni marehemu nyongeza ya corpus awali na ya kuhojiwa
    
uhalisi.
Majjhima Nikaya
    
[Majjhima: kati] Majjhima Nikaya inakusanya porojo 152 ya Buddha ya urefu wa kati, kushughulika na masuala mbalimbali.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikaya
    
[Samyutta: Kundi] Saį¹ƒyutta Nikaya inakusanya suttas
    
kwa mujibu wa somo yao katika 56 ndogo ya makundi kinachojulikana saį¹ƒyuttas. ni
    
ina porojo zaidi ya elfu tatu wa urefu wa kutofautiana, lakini
    
ujumla mfupi.
Aį¹…guttara Nikaya
    
[Ang: sababu | Uttara: additionnal] Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikaya ni subdivized katika kumi na moja ndogo makundi kinachojulikana nipātas, kila mmoja wao
    
kukusanya porojo yenye enumerations ya moja ya sababu ya ziada
    
dhidi ya wale wa watangulizi nipāta. Ina maelfu ya suttas
    
ambayo huwa ni fupi.
Khuddaka Nikaya
    
[Khuddha: fupi, ndogo] Khuddhaka Nikaya maandiko short
    
na ni kuchukuliwa kama wamekuwa linajumuisha stratas mbili: Dhammapada, Udana,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therīgāthā na Jataka kuunda
    
kale tabaka, wakati vitabu vingine ni nyongeza ya marehemu na wao
    
ukweli ni zaidi mashaka.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{Sammandrag}
- Maelekezo mwisho -
[Maha-parinibbāna]

sutta hii inakusanya maelekezo mbalimbali Buddha alitoa kwa ajili ya
wafuasi wake baada ya kupita yake mbali, ambayo inafanya kuwa ni muhimu
sana kuweka ya maelekezo kwa ajili yetu siku hizi.

Kumbuka: info Ā· Bubbles juu ya kila neno Pali isipokuwa katika sehemu na mwanga kijani rangi ya asili

Pali

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
NAMA Dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, Yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ Bya-kareyya: ‘Khina-nirayo-MHI
Khina-tiracchāna-yoni Khina-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ti.

Katamo
ca hivyo, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, Yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ Bya-kareyya: ‘Khina-nirayo-MHI
Khina-tiracchāna-yoni Khina-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti?

Idh Ā· Ananda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Itipi hivyo bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Svākkhāto Bhagavata dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni Attha purisapuggalā,
esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiį¹‡eyyo
aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ Lokassa’ ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato Hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayam
kho hivyo, Ananda, dhammādāso Dhamma-pariyāyo, Yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ Bya-kareyya: ‘Khina-nirayo-MHI
Khina-tiracchāna-yoni Khina-pettivisayo khÄ«į¹‡ Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti

Katha Ā· Hifadhi ya Ngorongoro, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu

Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati ATAPI sampajāno satimā, vineyya Loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Sato Hoti. Katha Ā· Hifadhi ya Ngorongoro, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

Evaį¹ƒ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno Hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ananda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ananda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato VA Hoti garukato VA MANITO VA pūjito VA apacito VA. kho
Yo, Ananda, bhikkhu VA bhikkhunī VA upāsako VA upāsikā VA
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, hivyo
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garuį¹ƒ Karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda, dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· Oti. Evan Ā· hi vo, Ananda, sikkhitabba Nti.

- ‘Siya kho sufuria Ā· Ananda, tumhākaį¹ƒ evam Ā· Assa:’ atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi hakuna satthā ‘ti. Na kho sufuria Ā· Etamu, Ananda, evaį¹ƒ daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. vo Yo, Ananda, Maya Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paƱƱatto, hivyo vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

english

(Mirror ya Dhamma)

Nami
zinasema mjadala juu ya Dhamma iitwayo Dhammādāsa, mwendawazimu ambayo
ariyasāvaka, kama yeye hivyo tamaa, unaweza kutangaza kwa hiari yake
mwenyewe ‘Kwangu mimi, hakuna niraya zaidi, hakuna zaidi
tiracchāna-yoni, hakuna zaidi pettivisaya, hakuna
zaidi hali ya huzuni, ya bahati mbaya, ya taabu, mimi niko sotāpanna,
kwa asili huru kutoka mataifa ya taabu, baadhi ya kuwa zinazopelekwa
sambodhi.

Na
nini, Ananda, ni kwamba mjadala juu ya Dhamma iitwayo Dhammādāsa,
mwendawazimu ambayo ariyasāvaka, kama yeye hivyo tamaa, unaweza
kutangaza kwa hiari yake mwenyewe ‘Kwangu mimi, hakuna niraya zaidi,
hakuna zaidi tiracchāna-yoni, hakuna zaidi
pettivisaya, hakuna zaidi hali ya huzuni, ya bahati mbaya, ya taabu,
mimi niko sotāpanna, kwa asili huru kutoka mataifa ya taabu, baadhi ya
kuwa zinazopelekwa sambodhi?

Hapa, Ananda, ariyasāvaka ni majaliwa na Buddhe aveccappasāda:

Yeye ni majaliwa na Dhamme aveccappasāda:

Yeye ni majaliwa na Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

Yeye ni majaliwa na Sila ambayo ni mazuri kwa ariyas,

Hii,
Ananda, ni mjadala juu ya Dhamma iitwayo Dhammādāsa, mwendawazimu
ambayo ariyasāvaka, kama yeye hivyo tamaa, unaweza kutangaza kwa hiari
yake mwenyewe ‘Kwangu mimi, hakuna niraya zaidi, hakuna zaidi
tiracchāna-yoni, hakuna zaidi pettivisaya
, hakuna zaidi hali ya huzuni, ya bahati mbaya, ya taabu, mimi niko
sotāpanna, kwa asili huru kutoka mataifa ya taabu, baadhi ya kuwa
zinazopelekwa sambodhi.

Sato unapaswa kubaki, bhikkhus, na sampajānas. Hii ni intruction zetu.

Na jinsi gani, bhikkhus, ni bhikkhu Sato? Hapa, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu

Hivyo, bhikkhus, ni bhikkhu Sato. Na jinsi gani, bhikkhus, ni bhikkhu sampajāna? Hapa, bhikkhus,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī Hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī Hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, asite Pite khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, lango į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Hoti.

Hivyo, bhikkhus, ni bhikkhu sampajāna. Sato unapaswa kubaki, bhikkhus, na sampajānas. Hii ni intruction zetu.

- Ananda, pacha sala miti ni katika Bloom kamili, ingawa si msimu wa maua. Na maua mvua juu ya mwili wa Tathagata na kuacha na kuwatawanya na ni strewn juu yake katika ibada ya Tathagata. Na
mbinguni maua matumbawe na mbinguni sandalwood unga kutoka mbinguni
maji chini juu ya mwili wa Tathagata, na kuacha na kuwatawanya na ni
strewn juu yake katika ibada ya Tathagata.
Na sauti ya sauti ya mbinguni na vyombo mbinguni hufanya muziki hewani kwa sababu ya kumcha Tathagata.

Si kwa hii, Ananda, kwamba Tathagata ni kuheshimiwa, kuheshimiwa, Tukufu, kulipwa heshima na kuheshimiwa. Lakini,
Ananda, yoyote bhikkhu au bhikkhuni, layman au laywoman, iliyobaki
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, wanaoishi kwa mujibu wa
Dhamma, kwamba mtu heshima, venerates, afanya tofauti kati ya, pays
heshima, na heshima Tathagata
na heshima bora zaidi. Kwa hivyo, Ananda, unapaswa kutoa mafunzo kwa wenyewe hivi: ‘Sisi
utabaki dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, wanaoishi kwa
mujibu wa Dhamma’.

- ‘Kwa baadhi yenu, Ananda, inaweza kutokea hivi:’ maneno ya Mwalimu na kumalizika, hakuna tena mwalimu ‘. Lakini hii, Ananda, hawapaswi, kuwa hivyo kuchukuliwa. Hiyo,
Ananda, ambayo nimewafundisha na alijitambulisha kwa wewe kama Dhamma
na Vinaya, itakuwa mwalimu wenu baada ya kupita yangu mbali.


96) Classical Swedish
96) Klassiska svenska

1921 MĆ„n 11 Jul 2016

LEKTIONER
 
frƄn
INSIGHT-NƄT Online A1 (VƤckt One) Tipitaka Research & Practice University
i Visual Format (FOA1TRPUVF)
pƄ
Online elektronisk visuell kommunikation Kurs pƄ Statsvetenskap
-Techno-Politico-socio Transformation och ekonomisk frigƶrelse rƶrelse
(TPSTEEM)

http://buddhadharmaobfinternational.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/ctmwelcome_e0.gif

genom http: // sarvajan. ambedkar.org

https: // awakenmediaprabandhak. wordpress.com/

teachingsofdbuddha@gmail.com
buddhadawakenone@gmail.com
sarvajanow@yahoo.co.in

Klassisk buddhismen (lƤrdomar VƤckt En med medvetenhet) hƶr till vƤrlden, och alla har exklusiva rƤttigheter: JC

Ƥr den mest positiva energi informativ och forskningsinriktat plats
fƶrƶkningslƤrdomarna VƤckt En med medvetenhet Buddha och pƄ
Techno-politiska och socio Transformation och ekonomisk frigƶrelse
rƶrelse fƶljt av miljontals mƤnniskor ƶver hela vƤrlden i 105 Klassiska
sprƄk.

Rendering exakt ƶversƤttning som en lƤrdom av detta
Universitetet i sitt modersmƄl till denna hjƤlp och
fƶrƶkning rƤtt att bli en Stream Enterer (Sottapanna) och fƶr att uppnƄ evig salighet som ett slutmƄl.
Pāli Word en dag fƶr 10 Juli 2016

jambhati - gƤspa, att vƤcka sig sjƤlv, att stiga, gƄ ut

">DN 16 (D ii 137)

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

{utdrag}

- De sista instruktioner -
[Mahā-Parinibbana]

Detta sutta samlar olika instruktioner Buddha gav fƶr
skull av hans anhƤngare efter hans bortgƄng, vilket gƶr det vara en mycket
viktig uppsƤttning instruktioner fƶr oss idag.

meditationscenter sri buddist Sambodhi

http://www.buddha-vacana.org/suttapitaka.html

Sutta Pitaka

- Korgen av diskurser -
[Sutta: diskurs]

Sutta Pitaka innehƄller essensen av Buddhas undervisning
om Dhamma. Den innehƄller mer Ƥn tio tusen suttor. Det Ƥr
uppdelat i fem samlingar som kallas Nikāyas.

Digha Nikāya
    
[Digha: lƄng] Den Digha Nikāya samlar 34 av de lƤngsta
    
diskurser som ges av Buddha. Det finns olika antydningar om att mƄnga av
    
dem Ƥr sena tillƤgg till den ursprungliga corpus och av tvivelaktig
    
Ƥkthet.
majjhima Nikāya
    
[Majjhima: Medium] Den Majjhima Nikāya samlar 152 diskurser av Buddha av mellanliggande lƤngd, som behandlar olika frƄgor.
Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya
    
[Samyutta: grupp] Den Saį¹ƒyutta Nikāya samlar suttorna
    
enligt Ƥmnet i 56 undergrupper som kallas saį¹ƒyuttas. Det
    
innehƄller mer Ƥn tre tusen diskurser av varierande lƤngd, men
    
i allmƤnhet relativt kort.
Aį¹…guttara Nikāya
    
[Ang: faktor | Uttara: additionnal] The Aį¹…guttara
    
Nikāya Ƥr subdivized i elva undergrupper som kallas nipātas, var och en av dem
    
samla diskurser bestƄr av upprƤkningar av ytterligare en faktor
    
jƤmfƶrt med dem av prejudikat nipāta. Det innehƄller tusentals suttor
    
som i allmƤnhet Ƥr kort.
Khuddaka Nikāya
    
[khuddha: kort, smƄ] De Khuddhaka Nikāya korta texter
    
och betraktas som bestƄtt av tvƄ stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna,
    
Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta, Theragāthā-Therigatha och Jātaka bilda den
    
forntida skikt, medan andra bƶcker Ƥr sena tillƤgg och deras
    
Ƥkthet Ƥr mer tveksamt.

">DN 16 (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{utdrag}
- De sista instruktioner -
[Mahā-Parinibbana]

Detta sutta samlar olika instruktioner Buddha gav till fƶrmƄn fƶr hans
anhƤngare efter hans bortgƄng, vilket gƶr det vara en mycket viktig
uppsƤttning instruktioner fƶr oss idag.

Obs: info Ā· bubblor pĆ„ varje Pali ordet utom i avsnittet med ljusgrƶn bakgrundsfƤrg

INDOARISKT SPRƅK

(Dhammādāsa)

Dhammādāsaį¹ƒ
nama dhamma-pariyāyaį¹ƒ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato Sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o’
ti.

Katamo
ca sĆ„, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
Sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti?

Idh Ā· Ananda ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Itipi sĆ„ bhagavā arahaį¹ƒ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraį¹‡asampanno sugato
lokavidÅ« anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaį¹ƒ buddho
bhagavā’ ti.

Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Svākkhāto Bhagavata dhammo sandiį¹­į¹­hiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaį¹ƒ veditabbo viĆ±Ć±Å«hÄ«’ ti.

Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda samannāgato Hoti:

‘Suppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, ujuppaį¹­ipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaį¹…gho, Ʊāyappaį¹­ipanno bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho, sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho yadidaį¹ƒ cattāri purisayugāni aį¹­į¹­ha
ā€‹ā€‹purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaį¹…gho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo
dakkhiį¹‡eyyo aƱjalikaraį¹‡Ä«yo anuttaraį¹ƒ puƱƱakkhettaį¹ƒ lokassā’ ti.

Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato Hoti

akhaį¹‡įøehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viĆ±Ć±Å«pasatthehi aparāmaį¹­į¹­hehi samādhisaį¹ƒvattanikehi.

Ayam
kho sĆ„, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaį¹…khamāno attanāva attānaį¹ƒ bya-kareyya: ‘khÄ«į¹‡a-nirayo-MHI
khÄ«į¹‡a-tiracchāna-yoni khÄ«į¹‡a-pettivisayo Khin Ā· āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
Sambodhi-parāyaį¹‡o ‘ti

Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, munk sato Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, munk

Sato, bhikkhave, munk vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ«.

Kaye kāyānupassÄ« viharati Atapi sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; vedanāsu vedanānupassÄ« viharati Atapi sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; citte cittānupassÄ« viharati Atapi sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ; dhammesu dhammānupassÄ« viharati Atapi sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaį¹ƒ.

EVAM kho, bhikkhave, munk sato Hoti. Katha Ā· NCA, bhikkhave, munk sampajāno Hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,

EVAM kho, bhikkhave, munk sampajāno Hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, munk vihareyya sampajāno. Ayam vo amhākaį¹ƒ anusāsanÄ« ti.

- Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi
mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi
candanacuį¹‡į¹‡Äni antalikkhā papatanti, Tani tathāgatassa sarÄ«raį¹ƒ okiranti
ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi tÅ«riyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya. Dibbānipi saį¹…gÄ«tāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pÅ«jāya.

Na kho, Ānanda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato va Hoti garukato va manito va pūjito va apacito va. Yo
kho, Ānanda, munk va bhikkhuni va upāsako va upāsikā va
dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipanno viharati sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipanno anudhammacārÄ«, sĆ„
Tathāgataį¹ƒ sakkaroti garum Karoti māneti pÅ«jeti apaciyati, paramāya
pūjāya.
Tasmātih Ā· Ananda dhammānudhammappaį¹­ipannā viharissāma sāmÄ«cippaį¹­ipannā anudhammacārin Ā· Oti. Evan Ā· hej vo, Ānanda, sikkhitabba nti.

- “Siya kho pan Ā· Ananda tumhākaį¹ƒ EVAM Ā· assa:” atÄ«ta-satthukaį¹ƒ pāvacanaį¹ƒ, natthi ingen satthā “ti. Na kho pan Ā· ETAM, Ānanda, EVAM daį¹­į¹­habbaį¹ƒ. Yo vo, Ānanda, Maya Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paƱƱatto, sĆ„ vo mam Ā· accayena satthā.

engelska

(The Mirror av Dhamma)

Jag
kommer att fƶrklara diskursen om Dhamma som kallas Dhammādāsa, besatt
av vilken ariyasāvaka, om han sĆ„ ƶnskar, kan fƶrklara sig sjƤlv: “Fƶr
mig finns det inget mer niraya, ingen mer tiracchāna-Yoni, inte mer
pettivisaya, ingen
mer tillstƄnd olycka, av olycka, elƤnde, jag Ƥr en sotapanna, av
naturen fri frƄn stater elƤnde, vissa fƶr att vara fƶrutbestƤmd att
Sambodhi.

Och
vad, Ānanda, Ƥr det tal om Dhamma som kallas Dhammādāsa, besatt av
vilken ariyasāvaka, om han sĆ„ ƶnskar, kan fƶrklara sig sjƤlv: “Fƶr mig
finns det inget mer niraya, ingen mer tiracchāna-Yoni, inte mer
pettivisaya, inte mer tillstƄnd olycka, av olycka, elƤnde, jag Ƥr en
sotapanna, av naturen fri frƄn stater av elƤnde, vissa av vara avsedd
att Sambodhi?

HƤr, Ānanda, Ƥr en ariyasāvaka utrustad med Buddhe aveccappasāda:

Han Ƥr begƄvad med Dhamme aveccappasāda:

Han Ƥr begĆ„vad med Saį¹…ghe aveccappasāda:

Han Ƥr begƄvad med en sila som Ƥr angenƤmt fƶr ariyas,

Detta,
Ānanda, Ƥr tal om Dhamma som kallas Dhammādāsa, besatt av vilken
ariyasāvaka, om han sĆ„ ƶnskar, kan fƶrklara sig sjƤlv: “Fƶr mig finns
det inget mer niraya, inte mer tiracchāna-Yoni, inte mer pettivisaya
, inte mer tillstƄnd olycka, av olycka, elƤnde, jag Ƥr en sotapanna,
av naturen fri frƄn stater elƤnde, vissa fƶr att vara fƶrutbestƤmd att
Sambodhi.

Sato bƶr du fƶrblir, munkar och sampajānas. Detta Ƥr vƄr intruction till dig.

Och hur, munkar, Ƥr en munk sato? HƤr, munkar, en munk

SƄledes, munkar, Ƥr en munk sato. Och hur, munkar, Ƥr en munk sampajāna? HƤr, munkar,

bhikkhu abhikkante paį¹­ikkante sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī Hoti, samiƱjite pasārite sampajānakārī Hoti,
saį¹…ghāį¹­ipattacÄ«varadhāraį¹‡e sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, asite pite khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārÄ« Hoti, gate į¹­hite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuį¹‡hÄ«bhāve sampajānakārÄ« Hoti.

SƄledes, munkar, Ƥr en munk sampajāna. Sato bƶr du fƶrblir, munkar och sampajānas. Detta Ƥr vƄr intruction till dig.

- Ananda, tvilling sala trƤden Ƥr i full blom, men det Ƥr inte sƤsongen blomningen. Och blommor regn pƄ kroppen av Tathagata och slƤpp och scatter och Ƥr strƶdda ƶver den i dyrkan av Tathagata. Och
himmelska korall blommor och himmelska sandeltrƤ pulver frƄn himlen
regn ned pƄ kroppen av Tathagata och slƤppa och scatter och Ƥr strƶdda
ƶver den i dyrkan av Tathagata.
Och ljudet av himmelska rƶster och himmelska instrument gƶr musik i luften av vƶrdnad fƶr Tathagata.

Det Ƥr inte av detta, Ānanda, att Tathāgataen respekteras, vƶrdade, vƤrderade, hyllade och hedrad. Men,
Ananda, nƄgon munk eller bhikkhuni, lekman eller laywoman, ƄterstƄende
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, lever i enlighet med
Dhamma, att en avseenden vƶrdar, esteems, hyllning, och hedrar
Tathāgataen
med den mest utmƤrkta hyllning. DƤrfƶr Ānanda, bƶr du trƤna er alltsĆ„: “Vi kommer att fƶrbli
dhamm’ānudhamma’p'paį¹­ipanna, sāmÄ«ci’p'paį¹­ipanna, lever i enlighet med
Dhamma”.

- “Fƶr vissa av er, Ānanda, det kan fƶrekomma sĆ„ hƤr:” De ord lƤrare har upphƶrt, finns det inte lƤngre en lƤrare “. Men detta Ānanda, bƶr inte vara fallet. Att Ānanda, som jag har lƤrt och lĆ„tit er som Dhamma och Vinaya, kommer att vara din lƤrare efter min bortgĆ„ng.

Leave a Reply